Compare commits

...

666 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Owen Taylor 1a48dcb14f === Released 2.3.3 ===
Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * === Released 2.3.3 ===

        * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0.

        * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 359748bd27 Use a plain GtkEntry for the filename, not a GtkFileChooserEntry.
2004-02-24  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (save_widgets_create): Use a plain
	GtkEntry for the filename, not a GtkFileChooserEntry.
	(update_chooser_entry): Use gtk_entry_set_text() rather than
	_gtk_file_chooser_entry_set_file_part().
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_current_name): Likewise.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_current_folder): Don't set the base
	folder of the entry, and don't call update_chooser_entry().
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Use the plain entry.
	(save_widgets_create): Store the "Save in Folder" label in the
	impl structure.
	(expander_activate_cb): Set the sensitivity of the label and
	combo.
	(save_widgets_create): Connect to "notify::expanded" rather than
	"activate" on the expander.
	(expander_changed_cb): Renamed from expander_activate_cb().  Flip
	the conditions again...
2004-02-24 20:30:54 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac a34e2e0298 Update Czech translation 2004-02-24 20:15:05 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 9ae401d544 only draw the sort column as different if there are 3 or more visible
Tue Feb 24 14:43:07 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_bin_expose): only draw the sort
        column as different if there are 3 or more visible columns.
2004-02-24 19:49:08 +00:00
Kostas Papadimas 32e3311378 Updated the Greek translation 2004-02-24 18:19:15 +00:00
Christophe Merlet 50efdc51b3 Updated French translation. 2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
Adam Weinberger 339f3c45f5 Updated Canadian English translation.
* en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation.
2004-02-24 14:42:31 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu c4f89ad7c3 Updated Korean translation.
* ko.po: Updated Korean translation.
2004-02-24 14:36:14 +00:00
Adam Weinberger 62b7bda856 Updated Canadian English translation.
* en_CA.po:  Updated Canadian English translation.
2004-02-24 14:34:33 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu f385239246 Updated Korean translation.
* ko.po: Updated Korean translation.
2004-02-24 14:21:59 +00:00
Christian Rose ccca7a66a5 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-24  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-24 11:54:37 +00:00
Anders Carlsson 0cc7bb4f20 Fix compilation (#135278, Padraig O'Briain).
2004-02-24  Anders Carlsson  <andersca@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c: (shortcuts_insert_separator):
	Fix compilation (#135278, Padraig O'Briain).
2004-02-24 11:48:13 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 03d4027ff7 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-02-24 11:24:26 +00:00
Laurent Dhima a92a6224b2 Updated 2004-02-24 11:22:55 +00:00
Anders Carlsson 4ce7278ecf Translate the desktop label.
2004-02-24  Anders Carlsson  <andersca@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c: (shortcuts_append_desktop):
	Translate the desktop label.

	(shortcuts_get_index), (shortcuts_add_bookmarks),
	(shortcuts_insert_separator), (create_shortcuts_model):
	Don't show the bookmark separator if there are no bookmarks.
2004-02-24 10:11:47 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas a9f2fc171a Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-24  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-24 08:27:16 +00:00
Artur Flinta f4b79293e7 Updated Polish translation.
2004-02-24  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation.
2004-02-24 07:16:38 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 6f75d838e8 Make the dialog look like the nautilus dialog. (expander_activate_cb): get
Tue Feb 24 01:41:30 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (location_popup_handler): Make the
        dialog look like the nautilus dialog.
        (expander_activate_cb): get the order correct.
2004-02-24 06:47:51 +00:00
Hasbullah Bin Pit ca831202f2 Updated Malay translation.
2004-02-23  Hasbullah Bin Pit <sebol@my-penguin.org>

        * ms.po: Updated Malay translation.
2004-02-24 04:30:34 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero e4e9e08caf Call bookmarks_check_add_sensitivity(). (shortcut_exists): New helper
2004-02-23  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (list_selection_changed): Call
	bookmarks_check_add_sensitivity().
	(shortcut_exists): New helper function; moved the testing code
	over from bookmarks_check_add_sensitivity().
	(bookmarks_check_add_sensitivity): Check the contents of the
	selection in the file/folder list.  Use shortcut_exists().
	(shortcuts_add_bookmark_from_path): Don't insert the bookmark if
	the path is already in the shortcuts list.
	(add_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Add the bookmarks from the list
	selection or from the current folder, as appropriate.
2004-02-24 03:37:32 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 93732fb225 Add mnemonics. Sorry translators.
Mon Feb 23 21:09:06 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_pane_create): Add
        mnemonics.  Sorry translators.
2004-02-24 02:09:20 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 85e3d4f2be Better comment. 2004-02-24 01:28:39 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e0c571ddd4 Updates. 2004-02-24 01:27:21 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 66e818409f Add a get_size implementation so that we are no longer the same height as
Mon Feb 23 19:57:45 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkcellrendererseptext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_sep_get_size):
        Add a get_size implementation so that we are no longer the same
        height as text.
2004-02-24 01:01:05 +00:00
Anders Carlsson d6286bc3c4 Improve bookmark list rendering by controlling the visibility of the
2004-02-24  Anders Carlsson  <andersca@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c: (shortcuts_insert_path),
	(shortcuts_remove_rows), (shortcuts_append_bookmarks),
	(create_shortcuts_model), (shortcuts_tree_create),
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_remove_shortcut_folder):
	Improve bookmark list rendering by controlling the visibility
	of the pixbuf cell so that it will be invisible for the separator
	row, also use a list store instead of a tree store for the model
	so we won't get unnecessary space for an expander.
2004-02-24 00:15:23 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6ad1c89964 Add a destroy implementation in order to set priv->cell_view to NULL
Tue Feb 24 01:08:27 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c: Add a destroy implementation in order to
	set priv->cell_view to NULL before finalize stumbles over the
	dangling pointer. This big array of pointers into the widget
	tree in GtkComboBoxPrivate is really fragile and should be
	cleaned up.
2004-02-24 00:07:15 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 95e7d61e6b use a size group when allocating space for the buttons at the bottom just
Mon Feb 23 17:52:43 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (main_paned_create): use a size
        group when allocating space for the buttons at the bottom just in
        case.  Also, move the filter to below the file list.
2004-02-23 22:56:55 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 6b5ba8d25d Seth was confused by keybindings. They should be Alt, not Ctl. Also,
Mon Feb 23 16:52:12 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
        (gtk_file_chooser_default_class_init): Seth was confused by
        keybindings.  They should be Alt, not Ctl.  Also, A-Home should go
        home, not up.
2004-02-23 22:07:55 +00:00
Christian Rose c3945e7c31 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-23  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-23 21:40:55 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 4b041f8241 Display the root a bit more cleanly.
Mon Feb 23 15:23:23 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkpathbar.c (gtk_path_bar_set_path): Display the root a bit
        more cleanly.

        * gtk/gtkpathbar.h (struct _GtkPathBarClass): fix the signal.
2004-02-23 20:24:01 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero fa72f157ac Rework the user interface of the file chooser, as per Seth Nickell's
2004-02-23  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Rework the user interface of the file chooser, as per
	Seth Nickell's design.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_class_init): Add binding signals and bindings:
		"location-popup" - C-l
		"up-folder"      - C-Up
		"home-folder"    - C-Home
	(up_folder_handler): New function; moved the code from up_button_clicked().
	(up_button_clicked_cb): Call up_folder_handler().
	(home_folder_handler): New function.
	(location_popup_handler): New function.
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Add an hpaned field.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_current_name): Check that we are in
	Save mode.
	(save_widgets_create): New function, create the widgets specific
	to Save mode.
	(main_paned_create): New function, create the hpaned's widgets here.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_constructor): Create the open and save
	widgets, and show only one set.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_property): Show/hide the save widgets.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Only pay attention to the
	entry in Save mode.
	(update_chooser_entry): Update the entry only in Save mode.
	(entry_activate): Removed.
2004-02-23 19:55:49 +00:00
Owen Taylor b90c579d93 Remove the configure.in check for fontconfig entirely; it's not needed,
Mon Feb 23 11:20:34 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * configure.in: Remove the configure.in check for fontconfig
        entirely; it's not needed, since PangoXft implies that sufficiently
        new fontconfig is present.
2004-02-23 18:30:35 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 13dfd0cf4b Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-02-23 18:03:15 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 2fbf33108f Updated 2004-02-23 18:00:55 +00:00
Artur Flinta e0b9b8de2f Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-23  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-23 13:44:10 +00:00
Christian Rose 55292d3e10 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-23  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-23 12:46:48 +00:00
Kostas Papadimas 3f0581d2ed Updated the Greek translation 2004-02-23 12:36:49 +00:00
Guntupalli Karunakar 7431747089 updated tamil translations 2004-02-23 10:38:53 +00:00
Guntupalli Karunakar 6b3761bd85 update tamil translation 2004-02-23 10:32:13 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 8f3d4b4ba6 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) g_print ("I will compile before committing.\n");
Mon Feb 23 02:26:53 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkpathbar.c (gtk_path_bar_finalize):
        for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
          g_print ("I will compile before committing.\n");
2004-02-23 07:31:44 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford decffc9d95 Use the GtkPathBar by default now.
Mon Feb 23 02:08:42 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (file_pane_create): Use the
        GtkPathBar by default now.

        * gtk/gtkpathbar.c (gtk_path_bar_set_path): Correctly set the
        current path from the path.
        (gtk_path_bar_class_init): new signal
        (button_clicked_cb): emit the signal when we're selected.
        (gtk_path_bar_clear_buttons): Fix a crasher when we weren't
        clearing thr first_scrolled_button.
2004-02-23 07:11:31 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 09ed03e604 Update for 2.3.3 - Federico 2004-02-23 03:31:42 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero eb314f4934 Update for 2.3.3 - Federico 2004-02-23 03:25:56 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 4a9fac1773 Fix the allocation for the toggle button so that it actually shows up in
Mon Feb 23 02:26:15 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_size_allocate): Fix the
	allocation for the toggle button so that it actually shows up
	in LTR list mode.

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column):
	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column):
	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width): Add
	notification, and avoid excessive relayouting.
2004-02-23 01:23:27 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f43b831398 Add notification, and avoid excessive relayouting.
Mon Feb 23 01:56:09 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column):
	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column):
	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width): Add
	notification, and avoid excessive relayouting.
2004-02-23 00:53:05 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e9a92e6e6e Fix bug 134982, reported by Morten Welinder:
Mon Feb 23 00:38:21 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Fix bug 134982, reported by Morten Welinder:

	* gtk/gtkpathbar.c (gtk_path_bar_destroy):
	* gtk/gtktooltips.c (gtk_tooltips_destroy):
	* gtk/gtkinvisible.c (gtk_invisible_destroy): Chain up to the
	parent's ::destroy handler.

	* gdk/gdkdisplay.c (gdk_display_dispose): Chain up to the
	parent's ::dispose handler.
2004-02-22 23:35:16 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 1786fb0568 Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-02-22  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-02-22 20:53:36 +00:00
Mətin Əmirov 4988b1f450 Updated Azerbaijani translation.
2004-02-22  Mətin Əmirov  <metin@karegen.com>

	* az.po: Updated Azerbaijani translation.
2004-02-22 18:43:15 +00:00
Artur Flinta 34db8e24e3 Updated Polish translation.
2004-02-22  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation.
2004-02-22 18:03:34 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 18e40b146d Update Czech translation 2004-02-22 16:36:55 +00:00
Christian Rose 44a753c9ab Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-22  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-22 13:17:18 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 6c621c49d6 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-22  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-22 10:51:58 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 681f582226 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-02-22 10:25:20 +00:00
Laurent Dhima e221efa138 Updated 2004-02-22 10:23:04 +00:00
Danilo Šegan aff8f491e0 Updated Serbian translation. 2004-02-22 07:57:38 +00:00
Manish Singh 6d1bd9e1e9 Guard the FC_HINT_STYLE stuff with an #ifdef, so we still build with most
Sat Feb 21 19:09:55 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtksettings.c (gtk_default_substitute): Guard the FC_HINT_STYLE
        stuff with an #ifdef, so we still build with most fontconfig versions.

        * configure.in: Bump the fontconfig version requirement down to 1.0.1,
        to match pango (probably isn't needed at all, but doesn't hurt).
2004-02-22 03:15:45 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 4c471cb7d1 Interrupted commit. 2004-02-22 02:07:26 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a362428d2a Add chains to the parent's ::finalize() handler (#134901, Morten Welinder,
Sun Feb 22 03:03:29 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaction.c: (gtk_action_finalize):
	* gtk/gtkclipboard.c: (gtk_clipboard_finalize):
	* gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c: (gtk_entry_completion_class_init),
	(gtk_entry_completion_finalize):
	* gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c: (gtk_file_chooser_widget_finalize):
	* gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c: (gtk_file_system_model_class_init),
	(gtk_file_system_model_finalize):
	* gtk/gtkicontheme.c: (gtk_icon_theme_class_init),
	(gtk_icon_theme_finalize):
	* gtk/gtktextchild.c: (gtk_text_child_anchor_finalize):
	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c: (gtk_ui_manager_class_init),
	(gtk_ui_manager_finalize):
	* modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c: (gtk_im_context_xim_finalize):
	Add chains to the parent's ::finalize() handler  (#134901, Morten Welinder,
	patch by Jan Arne Petersen)
2004-02-22 02:06:49 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 8d4f4d5fde Don't crash if item is NULL. (#131542, Dan Damian)
Sun Feb 22 02:10:34 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c (gtk_entry_completion_default_completion_func):
	Don't crash if item is NULL.  (#131542, Dan Damian)
2004-02-22 01:07:39 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 74fd4c9581 Add a check for a new enough fontconfig, since we picked up a direct
Sun Feb 22 02:04:03 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* configure.in: Add a check for a new enough fontconfig, since
	we picked up a direct dependency on it with the Xft settings.
2004-02-22 01:02:57 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 4a9f916056 Remove debugging code. 2004-02-22 00:06:20 +00:00
Matthias Clasen b1f74e779d Bug 112647 (Bill Haneman, patch by Narayana Pattipati):
Sun Feb 22 00:23:40 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Bug 112647 (Bill Haneman, patch by Narayana Pattipati):

	* gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c: Introduce a new style property
	indicator_size and use it instead of the hardcoded value.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_size_request): Make sure each menu
	item gets enough vertical space for the label and the indicator.
2004-02-21 23:25:29 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 52c5c8182d Use P_ instead of _ for the new Xft settings.
Sat Feb 21 20:20:11 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtksettings.c (gtk_settings_class_init): Use P_ instead of
	_ for the new Xft settings.
2004-02-21 19:28:20 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann e2e6a5f411 Bug 130790 (Federico Mena Quintero, Owen Taylor)
Sat Feb 21 20:09:53 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	Bug 130790 (Federico Mena Quintero, Owen Taylor)

	* gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c: Add Xft XSETTINGS

	* gtk/gtksettings.c: Add new GtkSettings corresponding to the Xft
	XSETTINGS
2004-02-21 19:17:48 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador f8890f0883 Updated Spanish translation.
2004-02-21  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2004-02-21 18:39:52 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann d49a0c52bc Bug 132502
Sat Feb 21 19:18:26 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	Bug 132502

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_motion_notify): Make sure we pop down
	if we enter a non-selectable menu item.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_leave_notify): Don't pop a submenu
	when the user has left the item.
2004-02-21 18:20:59 +00:00
Christian Rose e5b5c4cda4 Use %m instead of %b for month in gtkfilechooser date.
2004-02-21  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Use %m instead of %b for month in gtkfilechooser
	date.
2004-02-21 17:37:59 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann b55352f6c2 Commit auto-generated changes
Sat Feb 21 17:57:35 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/docs: Commit auto-generated changes
2004-02-21 17:05:32 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford b379bc580e conditional compile for GtkPathBar
Fri Feb 20 18:20:22 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c: conditional compile for GtkPathBar

        * gtk/gtkpathbar.c (gtk_path_bar_size_allocate): Clean up
        allocation code.  Works fully in RTL languages, I think.
        (gtk_path_bar_scroll_up): Scroll up.
        (gtk_path_bar_scroll_down): Scroll down.
2004-02-20 23:21:01 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 0f21069915 Store and sanity-check the clrUsed field from the header for use in
Fri Feb 20 22:25:32 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* io-bmp.c (DecodeHeader): Store and sanity-check the clrUsed field
	from the header for use in DecodeColormap.
	* io-bmp.c (DecodeColormap): Don't read more colormap entries than
	the header says are there.  (#134235, Kazuho Okui)
2004-02-20 21:23:42 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas b1f37b3cbc Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-20  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-20 19:34:37 +00:00
Sanlig Badral 684257b6fb Updated Mongolian translation 2004-02-20 19:11:48 +00:00
Christian Rose 734803b2ed Umm, why didn't the whole commit go through? 2004-02-20 18:12:14 +00:00
Christian Rose f2b54b3e1a Added "en_CA" to ALL_LINGUAS. Added Canadian English translation by Adam
2004-02-20  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* configure.in: Added "en_CA" to ALL_LINGUAS.
	* po/en_CA.po, po-properties/en_CA.po: Added Canadian English
	translation by Adam Weinberger <adamw@FreeBSD.org>.
2004-02-20 18:11:19 +00:00
Michael Meeks ecb4df1307 impl. (gtk_tool_item_class_init): hook it up.
2004-02-20  Michael Meeks  <michael@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtktoolitem.c (gtk_tool_item_property_notify): impl.
	(gtk_tool_item_class_init): hook it up.
	(gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item): synchronize sensitivity.

	* gtk/gtktoolbutton.c (gtk_tool_button_property_notify):
	chain to parent, fix strcmp bug.
2004-02-20 18:02:21 +00:00
Michael Meeks c19aa6739d re-arrange widgets to allow more overflowing toolbar goodness.
2004-02-20  Michael Meeks  <michael@ximian.com>

	* tests/testtoolbar.c (main): re-arrange widgets to allow
	more overflowing toolbar goodness.
2004-02-20 16:20:20 +00:00
Christian Rose b1401866b5 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-20  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-20 15:12:22 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac a27580a710 Update Czech translation 2004-02-20 14:17:16 +00:00
Artur Flinta 06d6690c68 Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-20  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-20 11:51:37 +00:00
Laurent Dhima ab1a26146b Fixed Albanian translation
* sq.po: Fixed Albanian translation
2004-02-20 11:06:30 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 4079202cba Korrigjime 2004-02-20 11:05:11 +00:00
Alexander Larsson 0300bfdc32 Desktop directory is not translated. (set_tree_model): There might not be
2004-02-20  Alexander Larsson  <alexl@redhat.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c: (shortcuts_append_desktop):
	Desktop directory is not translated.
	(set_tree_model):
	There might not be volumes for all paths.
	* gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:
	(gtk_file_chooser_widget_constructor):
	Use gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder to set cwd.
2004-02-20 07:52:56 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 87ce33548f Updated Serbian translation. 2004-02-20 01:55:06 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 9c3ac4d1bb New widget to handle the path in the fileselector implementation. Not
Thu Feb 19 19:58:53 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkpathbar.[ch]: New widget to handle the path in the
        fileselector implementation.  Not hooked up to anything yet.

        * gtk/Makefile.am: support the path bar.
2004-02-20 01:10:28 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 40983a1294 Make the paned handles gray when the the widget is_focus() but not
Fri Feb 20 00:21:38 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkstyle.c (gtk_default_draw_handle):
	(gtk_default_draw_box): Make the paned handles gray when the the
	widget is_focus() but not HAS_FOCUS().  (#122751, Soeren Sandmann)
2004-02-19 23:20:07 +00:00
Matthias Clasen add52ebbbf Fixes for #82099:
Thu Feb 19 23:41:06 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Fixes for #82099:

	* gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c: Introduce new XSettings "Gtk/ButtonImages"
	and "Gtk/MenuImages" and map them to "gtk-button-images" and
	"gtk-menu-images".

	* gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c: Add a boolean setting "gtk-menu-images" and use
	it to set the visibility of the embedded image.

	* gtk/gtkbutton.c: Add a boolean setting "gtk-button-images" and use
	it to set the visibility of an embedded image.
2004-02-19 22:39:58 +00:00
Matthias Clasen bce0b90f7c Give each radio action its own value. (#134889, Paolo Borelli)
Thu Feb 19 21:26:10 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full):
	Give each radio action its own value.  (#134889, Paolo Borelli)
2004-02-19 20:26:25 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 1d377e1b3d Chain to the parent's ::finalize() handler. Fixes #134885; caught by Jan
2004-02-19  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c (gtk_file_chooser_dialog_finalize):
	Chain to the parent's ::finalize() handler.  Fixes #134885; caught
	by Jan Arne Petersen.
2004-02-19 20:23:01 +00:00
Alessio Frusciante 100127e332 Updated Italian translation by Alessio Dessi`. 2004-02-19 19:19:59 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 945e93e128 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-19  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-19 18:55:24 +00:00
Christian Rose b1753d23a1 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-19  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-19 17:54:56 +00:00
Artur Flinta 5ffdb34b82 Updated Polish translation.
2004-02-19  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation.
2004-02-19 17:12:41 +00:00
Danilo Šegan f14f73902d Reviewed Serbian translation. 2004-02-19 10:24:40 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin 10c783a416 Make the entire expander widget width prelight as suggested by Seth in bug
2004-02-19  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        Make the entire expander widget width prelight as suggested
        by Seth in bug #134263.

        * gtk/gtkexpander.c:
        (gtk_expander_paint_prelight): impl.
        (gtk_expander_paint): use it.
        (gtk_expander_redraw_expander): don't only redraw the
        arrow when prelit.
2004-02-19 08:52:16 +00:00
Alexander Larsson 824548f1e4 Remove old file-system property. Add new file-system-backend string
2004-02-19  Alexander Larsson  <alexl@redhat.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooser.c: (gtk_file_chooser_class_init):
	* gtk/gtkfilechooserutils.c:
	* gtk/gtkfilechooserutils.h:
	* gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:
	Remove old file-system property.
	Add new file-system-backend string property

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.[ch]:
	Handle the file-system-backend property

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.[ch]:
	(gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new_with_backend):
	Remove old file-system property.
	Add new file-system-backend string property
	Add new function gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new_with_backend

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.c:
	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.h:
	Add filesystem module support.
2004-02-19 07:43:39 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 4c35b74301 Renamed from create_shortcuts_tree(). (shortcuts_pane_create): New
2004-02-18  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_tree_create): Renamed
	from create_shortcuts_tree().
	(shortcuts_pane_create): New function.
	(button_new): Renamed from toolbar_button_new().
	(shortcuts_pane_create): New function, create the whole shortcuts
	pane here.
	(current_folder_create): Renamed from toolbar_create().  Don't
	create the bookmarks buttons here.
	(file_pane_create): New function.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_constructor): Use the new helper
	functions, and don't use an extra vbox as GtkFileChooserDefault is
	already a vbox.
2004-02-19 03:22:22 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 7b29d57a35 Add default handlers for all signals; for consistency and for the benefit
Thu Feb 19 01:39:30 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.h:
	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (gtk_ui_manager_class_init): Add
	default handlers for all signals; for consistency and for the
	benefit of language bindings which still rely on header parsing
	to find the signals.  (#134269, Jeroen Zwartepoorte)
2004-02-19 00:38:23 +00:00
Matthias Clasen eeccdcb829 Improve the efficiency here by prepending on the list and reverting it
Thu Feb 19 00:45:02 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreeselection.c (gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows):
	Improve the efficiency here by prepending on the list and reverting
	it after the loop.  (#133435, Christian Biere)
2004-02-18 23:42:46 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 1971cb4938 Avoid errors when removing the plug from the socket. (#128546, Christopher
Thu Feb 19 00:32:21 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkplug.c (_gtk_plug_remove_from_socket): Avoid errors when
	removing the plug from the socket.  (#128546, Christopher Blizzard)
2004-02-18 23:30:53 +00:00
Matthias Clasen b337db3a54 New convenience functions analogous to similar API on GtkRadioButton.
Thu Feb 19 00:09:35 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h:
	* gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c (gtk_radio_menu_item_new_from_widget):
	(gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label_from_widget):
	(gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget): New
	convenience functions analogous to similar API on GtkRadioButton.
	(#51700, Vitaly Tishkov, patch by Soeren Sandmann)
2004-02-18 23:08:45 +00:00
Duarte Loreto d91e1cdd36 Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-02-18  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-02-18 22:53:17 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann b69a67119c Use a scratch GC in the case where the background is a solid color.
Wed Feb 18 17:53:27 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gdk/gdkwindow.c (gdk_window_get_bg_gc): Use a scratch GC in the
	case where the background is a solid color.
	(gdk_window_clear_backing_rect): Reset the clip region after use.

	* gdk/gdkpixbuf-render.c (gdk_pixbuf_render_threshold_alpha): Go
	back to using a scratch GC. Pointed out by Owen Taylor

	* gdk/gdkdraw.c (gdk_drawable_real_draw_pixbuf): Only use a
	scratch GC if the passed-in one is NULL
2004-02-18 17:03:46 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann f539d99334 Reset clip region back to NULL on cached GC (rest of #134728)
Wed Feb 18 14:27:08 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gdk/gdkwindow.c (gdk_window_get_composite_drawable): Reset clip
	region back to NULL on cached GC (rest of #134728)
2004-02-18 13:52:12 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann df434db70e Fix bug reported by Nam SungHyun.
Wed Feb 18 13:28:57 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	Fix bug reported by Nam SungHyun.

	* gdk/gdkpixbuf-render.c (gdk_pixbuf_render_threshold_alpha):
	Don't use a cached GC here since the function needs to modify the
	foreground color.

	* gdk/gdkwindow.c (gdk_window_end_paint): Reset clip region back
	to NULL on the cached GC.
2004-02-18 12:43:23 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero cf4a6abe0e Use HIG-compliant spacings. This sucks a lot.
2004-02-17  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_dialog_style_set): Use HIG-compliant spacings.
	This sucks a lot.
2004-02-18 03:59:15 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero c10e045cef Add a missing semicolon to an entity.
2004-02-17  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Add a missing semicolon to an
	entity.
2004-02-18 02:54:11 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a6e4e43c05 Document some peculiarities of the ::delete_range signal. (#132135, Grant
Wed Feb 18 02:03:47 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktextbuffer.c (gtk_text_buffer_class_init): Document some
	peculiarities of the ::delete_range signal.  (#132135, Grant Gayed)
2004-02-18 01:05:41 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 1c51c48606 GC caching, bug #125645 (based on patch by Brian Cameron)
Wed Feb 18 01:44:59 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	GC caching, bug #125645 (based on patch by Brian Cameron)

	* gdk/gdkscreen.h (struct _GdkScreen): Add GC cache
	* gdk/gdkscreen.c (gdk_screen_dispose): New function. Unref the
	cached GC's here.
	* gdk/gdkdraw.c (_gdk_drawable_get_scratch_gc): New function to
	get a scratch gc.
	* gdk/gdkinternals.h: Declare the function here

	* gdk/gdkdraw.c (gdk_drawable_real_draw_pixbuf): Use
	_gdk_drawable_get_scratch_gc() instead of creating a new GC.
	* gdk/x11/gdkgeometry-x11.c (gdk_window_copy_area_scroll): same
	* gdk/x11/gdkdrawable-x11.c (draw_with_images): same
	* gdk/gdkwindow.c (gdk_window_get_composite_drawable): same
	* gdk/gdkwindow.c (gdk_window_end_paint): same
	* gdk/gdkpixmap.c (gdk_pixmap_colormap_new_from_pixbuf): same
	* gdk/gdkpixbuf-render.c (gdk_pixbuf_render_threshold_alpha): same
	* gdk/gdkpixbuf-render.c (gdk_pixbuf_render_pixmap_and_mask_for_colormap): same
2004-02-18 00:59:14 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas b3013744c5 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-18  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-17 23:58:10 +00:00
Ole Laursen 359233553c Updated Danish translation.
2004-02-18  Ole Laursen  <olau@hardworking.dk>

	* da.po: Updated Danish translation.
2004-02-17 23:06:38 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 9397b0dc0a ...and don't forget to initalize priv->columns to 1.
Tue Feb 17 23:28:33 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_init): ...and don't forget to initalize
	priv->columns to 1.
2004-02-17 22:25:13 +00:00
Matthias Clasen c1d9c02b09 Make sure that we keep priv->columns >= 1 even for empty menus, since we
Tue Feb 17 23:11:21 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_do_remove): Make sure that we keep
	priv->columns >= 1 even for empty menus, since we divide by it
	somewhere else.  (#133428, Vincent Noel)
2004-02-17 22:16:02 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 6c8430c0c4 Fix for #119722, reported by Olexiy Avramchenko, patch by Owen Taylor.
Tue Feb 17 23:02:58 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	Fix for #119722, reported by Olexiy Avramchenko, patch by Owen
	Taylor.

	* gdk/x11/gdkprivate-x11.h (struct _GdkGCX11): Add a depth field

	* gdk/x11/gdkgc-x11.c (_gdk_x11_gc_new): Keep track of the GC's
	depth.

	* gdk/x11/gdkgc-x11.c (_gdk_gc_x11_get_fg_xft_color): First query
	the colormap, if no colormap, special case depth 1,

	* gdk/x11/gdkgc-x11.c (_gdk_x11_gc_get_fg_picture): Use
	_gdk_gc_x11_get_fg_xft_color() to get the foreground color.

	* gdk/x11/gdkdrawable-x11.c (gdk_x11_drawable_get_xft_draw):
	Special-case bitmaps without a colormap.

	* gdk/x11/gdkdrawable-x11.c (gdk_x11_draw_pixbuf): Use inherited
	draw_pixbuf() implementation in the bitmap case.
2004-02-17 22:05:47 +00:00
Sanlig Badral fe956696a3 Updated Mongolian translation 2004-02-17 20:54:01 +00:00
Matthias Clasen b46824dfc8 A forgotten file. 2004-02-17 20:48:25 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin 9d843deb46 only reference input method modules we've actually built. Fixes re-build
2004-02-17  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        * modules/input/Makefile.am: only reference input method
        modules we've actually built. Fixes re-build failure with
        stale hangul module lying aroung. Bug #134518.
2004-02-17 15:24:25 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 40ed782f31 Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-02-17  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-02-17 09:45:12 +00:00
Paisa Seeluangsawat c7fd24d886 Updated Thai translation.
2003-02-16  Paisa Seeluangsawat  <paisa@users.sf.net>

	* th.po: Updated Thai translation.
2004-02-17 03:22:33 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador a08810f99e Updated Spanish translation.
2004-02-17  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2004-02-17 01:30:05 +00:00
Owen Taylor 42c1eb9f39 Revert last commit, please don't commit patches without approval, this
Mon Feb 16 19:13:21 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gdk/gdkdraw.c: Revert last commit, please don't commit patches
        without approval, this isn't the right way to do it.
2004-02-17 00:16:42 +00:00
David Odin 00a6e3be92 don't try to draw more than 32767 segments at a time, since XDrawSegments
* gdk/gdkdraw.c (gdk_draw_segments): don't try to draw more than 32767
	segments at a time, since XDrawSegments cannot handle more than this.

	fixes bug #122026.
2004-02-16 22:59:26 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 27efde9806 Umm, I'm on crack. Use gtk_accelerator_get_default_mod_mask().
2004-02-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Umm, I'm on crack.  Use
	gtk_accelerator_get_default_mod_mask().

	* gdk/tmpl/windows.sgml: Removed the incorrect description from
	GDK_MODIFIER_MASK.
2004-02-16 19:55:18 +00:00
Søren Sandmann Pedersen 7d62f99393 Fix ChangeLog 2004-02-16 19:30:50 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 97ff0f48a4 Call gtk_tool_item_set_expand(), not gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous() in
Mon Feb 16 18:26:39 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_set_child_property): Call
	gtk_tool_item_set_expand(), not gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous()
	in the CHILD_PROP_EXPAND branch. (#134545, Damon Chaplin)
2004-02-16 19:16:03 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero b3115437dd Added an example of how to use GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to test for modifier keys
2004-02-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gdk/tmpl/windows.sgml: Added an example of how to use
	GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to test for modifier keys correctly.

	* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Likewise.
2004-02-16 19:00:16 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 7385f595e8 Oops - Federico 2004-02-16 18:29:36 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero ef9c231705 Little addition to the modifiers example - Federico 2004-02-16 18:22:24 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 9139e54dd3 Added an example of how to use GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to test for modifier keys
2004-02-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gdk/tmpl/windows.sgml: Added an example of how to use
	GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to test for modifier keys correctly.
2004-02-16 18:12:43 +00:00
Paisa Seeluangsawat 2491c8e885 Updated Thai (th) translation.
2003-02-16  Paisa Seeluangsawat  <paisa@users.sf.net>

	* th.po: Updated Thai (th) translation.
2004-02-16 16:17:53 +00:00
Christian Rose 1da46bb741 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-16  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-16 10:45:15 +00:00
Artur Flinta f334ab8188 Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-16  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-16 09:57:40 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 28cdb4bf35 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-02-16 09:44:54 +00:00
Laurent Dhima e6f386bc28 Updated 2004-02-16 09:43:27 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac e05553e1e2 Update Czech translation 2004-02-16 08:10:54 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 2cc8cfa0ea Split declaration and assignment of combo_box.
Mon Feb 16 00:04:46 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_*):
	Split declaration and assignment of combo_box.

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_list_setup): Remove a
	pointless cast
2004-02-15 23:05:48 +00:00
Matthias Clasen be5d74ba4d Add short descriptions.
Sun Feb 15 23:51:08 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcomboboxentry.sgml:
	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcombobox.sgml: Add short descriptions.
2004-02-15 22:47:41 +00:00
Matthias Clasen d7042395c4 Add deprecation notes pointing people to GtkComboBox. 2004-02-15 21:06:53 +00:00
Mətin Əmirov f1f20e7e0c Translation updated.
2004-02-15  Mətin Əmirov  <metin@karegen.com>

	* az.po: Translation updated.
2004-02-15 13:26:45 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6993105c84 Document the tree DND API.
Sun Feb 15 02:49:45 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreednd.c:
	* gtk/gtktreeview.c: Document the tree DND API.

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_source):
	Call gtk_drag_source_unset().
2004-02-15 01:47:05 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 128c2192cf Make stock_size an uint property, to allow custom icon sizes. Also clarify
Sun Feb 15 00:49:59 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c (gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init):
	Make stock_size an uint property, to allow custom icon
	sizes. Also clarify the blurb.  (#130047, Erik Grinaker)
2004-02-14 23:58:50 +00:00
Manish Singh 57e6eef5ae Remove unnecessary STRIP_* definitions, and GNU make check.
Sat Feb 14 11:05:26 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * configure.in: Remove unnecessary STRIP_* definitions, and GNU
        make check.
2004-02-14 19:21:51 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 863252b654 Don't set a default size for the dialog - Federico 2004-02-14 02:11:47 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 7743376798 Remove duplicated section for file gtktreednd.sgml.
Sat Feb 14 03:09:49 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Remove duplicated section for
	file gtktreednd.sgml.
2004-02-14 02:06:36 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 764b163ce6 Duh, duh, duh! Don't bail out if the bookmarks file doesn't exist the very
2004-02-13  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (gtk_file_system_unix_add_bookmark):
	Duh, duh, duh!  Don't bail out if the bookmarks file doesn't exist
	the very first time you try to save one.
2004-02-14 02:00:40 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero fff4999699 Fix #129020.
2004-02-13  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #129020.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c
	(set_default_size): New function, sets a reasonable default size
	for the window.
	(gtk_file_chooser_dialog_realize): New function, call
	set_default_size().
	(gtk_file_chooser_dialog_style_set): Likewise.
	(gtk_file_chooser_dialog_screen_changed): Likewise.

	* tests/testfilechooser.c (main): Don't set a default size for the
	dialog.
2004-02-14 01:23:58 +00:00
Matthias Clasen cf6d6a1a6e Use do instead of while. (#134031, Morten Welinder);
Sat Feb 14 00:05:18 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c (bsearch_elt_with_offset):
	Use do instead of while.  (#134031, Morten Welinder);
2004-02-13 23:02:58 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a9ec2fba19 Suppress xsltproc and xmlcatalog checks if enable_man=no. (#134162, Julio
Sat Feb 14 00:00:52 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* configure.in: Suppress xsltproc and xmlcatalog checks
	if enable_man=no.  (#134162, Julio M. Merino Vidal)
2004-02-13 22:58:26 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 4d1bee0617 Remove checks for sgml2html. It was once used for building the linuxdoc
Fri Feb 13 23:54:48 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* configure.in: Remove checks for sgml2html. It was once
	used for building the linuxdoc version of the tutorial.
	Nowadays, we use db2html.  (#134164, Julio M. Merino Vidal)
2004-02-13 22:53:11 +00:00
Owen Taylor 1e39a4dbc3 Remove a couple of unneeded #includes. Isn't unsupported code fun?
Fri Feb 13 10:32:09 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gdk-pixbuf-xlibrgb.h: Remove a couple of unneeded
        #includes. Isn't unsupported code fun?
        (133833, Gregory Merchan)
2004-02-13 15:38:40 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 09ae955273 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-13  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-13 15:09:10 +00:00
Owen Taylor 634850fdf9 Fix various compilation problems (#134312, David Hawthorne)
Fri Feb 13 08:17:43 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        Fix various compilation problems (#134312, David
        Hawthorne)

        * gtk/gtkscale.c (gtk_scale_get_layout_offsets): Use
        g_return_if_fail(), not g_return_val_if_fail().

        * gtk/gtkvscale.c (gtk_vscale_get_layout_offsets):
        * gtk/gtkhscale.c (gtk_hscale_get_layout_offsets): Use
        g_return_if_reached(), not g_return_val_if_reached().

        * gtk/gtkvscale.c (gtk_vscale_expose): Fix the types
        of some parameters.

        * gtk/gtkhscale.c (gtk_hscale_get_layout_offsets): Remove
        extra 'scale' parameter.
2004-02-13 13:21:10 +00:00
Artur Flinta 7054daac80 Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-13  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-13 11:07:22 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov a6d5933ff9 ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2004-02-13 05:39:46 +00:00
Owen Taylor 3588aeb4af Various reentrancy fixes for widgets being destroyed out of
Thu Feb 12 21:58:20 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        Various reentrancy fixes for widgets being destroyed
        out of focus-out-event. (#128821, Grant Gayed)

        * gtk/gtkwindow.c (_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default):
        Ref window and widget over callbacks.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_hide)
          gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_set_child_visible):
        Ref the widget before calling _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default(),
        since that can call user callbacks.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows):
        Do nothing if the widget isn't realized.
2004-02-13 03:03:21 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e4d55e75e0 Don't draw bevels around active, RELIEF_NONE buttons that aren't
Fri Feb 13 01:31:44 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkbutton.c (_gtk_button_paint): Don't draw bevels around
	active, RELIEF_NONE buttons that aren't depressed. This improves
	the appearance of buttons in notebook tabs.  (#109213, reported
	by Benjamin Otte, patch by Rodney Dawes)
2004-02-13 00:31:19 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6fed66fc9b Protect getc_unlocked() by HAVE_FLOCKFILE in all cases. (#134205, Julio M.
Fri Feb 13 01:06:08 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* demos/gtk-demo/main.c (read_line): Protect getc_unlocked() by
	HAVE_FLOCKFILE in all cases.  (#134205, Julio M. Merino Vidal)
2004-02-13 00:03:35 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f6a32cf0d1 Fix for #104811, Padraig O'Briain:
Fri Feb 13 00:54:59 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Fix for #104811, Padraig O'Briain:

	* gtk/gtkscale.h:
	* gtk/gtkscale.c (_gtk_scale_clear_layout):
	* gtk/gtkscale.c (gtk_scale_get_layout_offsets):
	* gtk/gtkscale.c (gtk_scale_get_layout): New functions to determine the
	text and its position from a GtkScale, to make it more accessible.
	* gtk/gtkhscale.c (gtk_hscale_get_layout_offsets):
	* gtk/gtkvscale.c (gtk_vscale_get_layout_offsets): Implementations of the
	new GtkScale vfunc.
2004-02-12 23:58:46 +00:00
Owen Taylor 0c4c9f0d1c Remove an extraneous + 1 (#134015, Torsten Schoenfeld)
Thu Feb 12 17:59:52 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/gtkicontheme.c (gtk_icon_theme_get_search_path):
        Remove an extraneous + 1 (#134015, Torsten Schoenfeld)
2004-02-12 23:06:30 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 7b1d024a0e New function to improve the accessibility of tooltips. (#114851, Padraig
Thu Feb 12 23:55:08 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktooltips.h:
	* gtk/gtktooltips.c (gtk_tooltips_get_info_from_tip_window): New
	function to improve the accessibility of tooltips.  (#114851,
	Padraig O'Briain)
2004-02-12 22:57:56 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 78b3f2d576 Make these public and add docs.
Thu Feb 12 23:16:04 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_popup):
	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_popdown): Make these public and
	add docs.
2004-02-12 22:27:50 +00:00
Alessio Frusciante cf3566a332 Updated Italian translation by Alessio Dessi`. 2004-02-12 19:57:09 +00:00
Manish Singh 7cf055efb3 Assign xtype using gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom_for_display () when type !=
Thu Feb 12 11:05:16 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c (gdk_property_get): Assign xtype using
        gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom_for_display () when type != GDK_NONE.

        * gtk/gtkselection.c (_gtk_selection_request): Use GDK_NONE in
        gdk_property_get call instead of 0.

        * docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/properties.sgml: Document the above
        as GDK_NONE instead of simply 0.
2004-02-12 19:18:23 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador 76665e8b0f Updated Spanish translation.
2004-02-12  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac f027ccc78b Update Czech translation 2004-02-12 14:52:18 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 8c80eedd0f Fix up item_area correctly in RTL mode. (#133984, patch from Semion
Thu Feb 12 15:46:26 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_size_allocate): Fix up item_area
	correctly in RTL mode. (#133984, patch from Semion Chichelnitsky).
2004-02-12 14:49:37 +00:00
Laurent Dhima b58e8b05f9 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-02-12 13:51:56 +00:00
Laurent Dhima bf9a2487a0 Updated 2004-02-12 13:50:29 +00:00
Christian Rose 70fb8760b1 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-12  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-12 10:09:51 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 64aa39cd4f Correct the docs.
Thu Feb 12 02:22:02 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c (gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func):
	Correct the docs.

Thu Feb 12 02:00:53 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/tmpl/gtktreemodelfilter.sgml:
	* gtk/tmpl/gtkentrycompletion.sgml:
	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcelllayout.sgml: Additions.

Thu Feb 12 01:27:02 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Updates.

Thu Feb 12 01:26:42 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/Makefile.am (IGNORE_HFILES): Add some private headers.
2004-02-12 01:52:26 +00:00
Danilo Šegan ab1f346aac Updated Serbian translation. 2004-02-12 00:21:00 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 23c061948d Reviewed by Aleksandar Urosevic; Updated.
2004-02-12  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>

	* sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Reviewed by Aleksandar Urosevic; Updated.

	* POTFILES.in: Added missing files.
2004-02-12 00:16:02 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 8321052434 Call gtk_drag_source_set(), so that things like gtk_drag_set_icon_*() work
Thu Feb 12 01:17:01 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source): Call
	gtk_drag_source_set(), so that things like gtk_drag_set_icon_*() work
	for automatic DND.  (#133485, Tommi Komulainen)
2004-02-12 00:15:50 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 06d35613f7 Fix misleading debug output.
Thu Feb 12 00:37:00 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c (gdk_property_change): Fix misleading
	debug output.
2004-02-11 23:33:59 +00:00
Arafat Medini ae1717c3ed Updated Arabic translation.
2004-02-11  Arafat Medini  <lumina@silverpen.de>

        * ar.po: Updated Arabic translation.
2004-02-11 21:36:11 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 9562a48abb New ::map() handler. If no widget has the focus, try to give it to the
2004-02-11  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c (gtk_message_dialog_map): New ::map()
	handler.  If no widget has the focus, try to give it to the
	default widget.  If there is no default widget, give it to the
	first button.  Fixes the cause for which #59707 was reopened.
2004-02-11 20:25:18 +00:00
Christian Neumair 520ef9c665 Updated German translation. 2004-02-11 17:41:27 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero ffbd6220fe Fixes #134051.
2004-02-11  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fixes #134051.

	* gtk/gtkicontheme.c (struct _GtkIconInfo): Remove the ref_count field.
	(icon_info_new): Don't initialize the ref_count field.
2004-02-11 16:54:47 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero eb1c785d4f Shift the array correctly. Fixes #134055, patch by Tosten Schoenfeld
2004-02-11  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkicontheme.c (gtk_icon_theme_prepend_search_path): Shift
	the array correctly.  Fixes #134055, patch by Tosten Schoenfeld
	<kaffeetisch@gmx.de>.
2004-02-11 16:28:22 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 740252b0cf Handle focus [hv]adjustment correctly when the focus is located deeper
Wed Feb 11 02:23:39 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcontainer.c (gtk_container_real_set_focus_child): Handle
	focus [hv]adjustment correctly when the focus is located deeper
	down in the hierarchy.  (#133489)
2004-02-11 01:21:14 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 0cd208cfee Remove arbitrary low upper limits on the xpad, ypad, width and height
Wed Feb 11 02:06:38 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c (gtk_cell_renderer_class_init): Remove
	arbitrary low upper limits on the xpad, ypad, width and height
	properties.  (#129696, John Ellis)

Wed Feb 11 01:24:20 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_clear_attributes):
	Ugh. Don't try to free ints, even if they're stored in pointers.
	(#133997, Morten Welinder)
2004-02-11 01:09:25 +00:00
Pauli Virtanen 61ced3dfc3 Updated Finnish translation.
2004-02-10  Pauli Virtanen  <pauli.virtanen@hut.fi>

	* fi.po: Updated Finnish translation.
2004-02-10 23:15:29 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero e27a88458f Free the filters. Fixes #133547, patch by Morten Welinder
2004-02-10  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (gtk_file_chooser_default_finalize):
	Free the filters.  Fixes #133547, patch by Morten Welinder
	<mortenw@gnome.org>.
2004-02-10 19:48:38 +00:00
Owen Taylor 351ebd8bd2 Avoid triggering an X error when the client->manager_window is
Tue Feb 10 12:02:14 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gdk/x11/xsettings-client.c (read_settings): Avoid
        triggering an X error when the client->manager_window
        is None...makes logs look cleaner.

        * gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c (gdk_property_get): Handle
        GDK_NONE to mean AnyPropertyType as documented. (Reported
        by Yu Shao)

        * gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c (fetch_net_wm_check_window,
        gdk_x11_screen_get_window_manager_name): Fix error trap
        we've been leaking since 2002... (#129538)
2004-02-10 18:51:19 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 87c45c73b1 Fixes the entry-related part of #133852.
2004-02-10  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fixes the entry-related part of #133852.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (update_chooser_entry): Don't change
	the file part of the entry if the selected item is a folder.
2004-02-10 18:29:11 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero ab09a860ed Fixes #133995, patch by Morten Welinder <mortenw@gnome.org>.
2004-02-10  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fixes #133995, patch by Morten Welinder <mortenw@gnome.org>.

	* tests/prop-editor.c (create_prop_editor): Free the title.
	(object_changed): Free the children list.
2004-02-10 17:49:14 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6f1d9d471f Document these functions.
Tue Feb 10 01:58:55 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcontainer.c (gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment):
	* gtk/gtkcontainer.c (gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment): Document
	these functions.
2004-02-10 01:04:35 +00:00
Gustavo Noronha Silva 2067cfafc1 updated translation, changed translation to 'radio' from 'rádio' to
2004-02-09  Gustavo Noronha Silva  <kov@debian.org>

	* pt_BR.po: updated translation, changed
	  translation to 'radio' from 'rádio' to
	  'seleção', to be consistent with glade-2's
	  translation.
2004-02-10 00:01:32 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 76108bc3da Request GTK_FILE_INFO_ALL from the file system model, so that arbitrary
2004-02-09  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (set_list_model): Request
	GTK_FILE_INFO_ALL from the file system model, so that arbitrary
	filtering will work.  Perhaps we should have a way of aggregating
	info types to the model as filters get installed.
2004-02-09 21:58:26 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a42ff49490 Ugh. Don't try to free ints, even if they're stored in pointers.
Mon Feb  9 22:22:19 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcellview.c (gtk_cell_view_cell_layout_clear_attributes):
	Ugh. Don't try to free ints, even if they're stored in pointers.
2004-02-09 21:19:35 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 11ad0f9d65 Fix #132256.
2004-02-09  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #132256.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Read the contents of the
	filename entry in both OPEN and SAVE mode.  In multiple-selection
	mode, add this to the selection from the file/folder list.
	(struct get_paths_closure): Add a path_from_entry field.
	(get_paths_foreach): Only add the iterated path if it is not the
	same as the path from the entry.
2004-02-09 20:31:38 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 52383cbb58 If the folder is already open, add the requested info types to it.
2004-02-09  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (gtk_file_system_unix_get_folder): If
	the folder is already open, add the requested info types to it.
2004-02-09 19:01:25 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem b4fc0e1c9b Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-02-09  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-02-09 14:35:18 +00:00
Denis Lackovic 798b1e0509 *** empty log message *** 2004-02-09 14:14:04 +00:00
Christian Rose 57f4a5ea6d Updated Maori translation by John C Barstow <jbowtie@amathaine.com>.
2004-02-09  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* po/mi.po, po-properties/mi.po: Updated Maori translation by
	John C Barstow <jbowtie@amathaine.com>.
2004-02-09 13:20:50 +00:00
Denis Lackovic 1b5dadf31f *** empty log message *** 2004-02-09 09:00:32 +00:00
Manish Singh 8295d6982b declare _xdg_utf8_skip as extern to prevent multiple definitions.
Sun Feb  8 19:05:16 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * xdgmimeint.h: declare _xdg_utf8_skip as extern to prevent multiple
        definitions.
2004-02-09 03:06:22 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador ef451a95ed Updated Spanish translation.
2004-02-08  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2004-02-08 21:51:18 +00:00
Christian Rose 72317ae8a6 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-08  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-08 20:11:45 +00:00
Christophe Merlet c1b04c9969 Updated French translation. 2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
Alessio Frusciante 8d470add51 Updated Italian translation by Alessio Dessi`. 2004-02-08 15:21:06 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu 9e3109f58d Updated Korean translation.
* ko.po: Updated Korean translation.
2004-02-08 11:06:48 +00:00
Denis Lackovic c6133adea8 *** empty log message *** 2004-02-08 09:34:58 +00:00
Manish Singh 4ac3998efb Add appropriate type casts for the gtk_window_set_screen() call.
Sun Feb  8 01:28:02 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_set_popup_widget): Add appropriate
        type casts for the gtk_window_set_screen() call.
2004-02-08 09:29:11 +00:00
Manish Singh 4bd1fa5ff3 removed unnecessary G_OBJECT() cast checks.
Sun Feb  8 01:07:20 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gdk-pixbuf-io.c: removed unnecessary G_OBJECT() cast checks.

        * io-jpeg.c: make the return type for to_callback_empty_output_buffer
        "boolean", which should be defined by the jpeg headers. The right
        return type for this function depends on how the jpeg library
        was built (one wonders what happens if different compilers are used).
2004-02-08 09:13:18 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 41e49106e3 Make popups come up on the same screen as the combo box. (#133544, Morten
Sun Feb  8 01:44:06 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_set_popup_widget): Make popups
	come up on the same screen as the combo box.  (#133544,
	Morten Welinder)
2004-02-08 00:42:59 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 0180cce7f9 clean up the packing of the file selector.
Fri Feb  6 23:40:24 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (create_file_list): clean up the
        packing of the file selector.
2004-02-07 17:28:36 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 9e04257413 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-02-07 11:56:42 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 44d1526354 Updated 2004-02-07 11:55:27 +00:00
Denis Lackovic e44f849db8 *** empty log message *** 2004-02-07 07:11:47 +00:00
Matthias Clasen bc21e066d6 Don't use function calls in array initializers, as some compilers seem to
Sat Feb  7 01:21:09 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreemodel.c (gtk_tree_model_base_init): Don't use function
	calls in array initializers, as some compilers seem to hate this.
	(#133216, Jonas Jonsson)
2004-02-07 00:21:37 +00:00
Matthias Clasen c03700734e Add change notification for GtkAccelMap, by on-demand instantiating a
Sat Feb  7 00:06:44 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaccelmap.[hc]: Add change notification for GtkAccelMap,
	by on-demand instantiating a singleton object with a "changed"
	signal.

	* gtk/gtkmarshalers.list (VOID:STRING,UINT,FLAGS): Add marshaller
	for GtkAccelMap::changed.
2004-02-06 23:37:00 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 55468e90bd Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-07  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-06 23:09:04 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 738eeba8d6 Actually free the lists. Pointed out by Morten Welinder.
Fri Feb  6 23:08:29 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktextbtree.c (_gtk_text_btree_check):
	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_clear_attributes):
	* gtk/gtkcellview.c (gtk_cell_view_cell_layout_clear_attributes):
	Actually free the lists. Pointed out by Morten Welinder.
2004-02-06 22:25:01 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e77b5747b2 Complete the previous commit 2004-02-06 21:53:28 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 09284d7aa0 Handle character positions in UTF-8 strings correctly. (#133315, Theppitak
Fri Feb  6 22:38:54 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombo.c (gtk_combo_entry_key_press): Handle character
	positions in UTF-8 strings correctly.  (#133315, Theppitak
	Karoonboonyanan)
2004-02-06 21:47:37 +00:00
Morten Welinder 95ba48b38f Cleanup using gtk_menu_attach_to_widget. Also fixes leak, see #133411.
2004-02-06  Morten Welinder  <terra@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (show_menu): Cleanup using
	gtk_menu_attach_to_widget.  Also fixes leak, see #133411.
2004-02-06 21:18:50 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac d8b6a89a12 Update Czech translation 2004-02-06 17:35:58 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero fd05813a0f Free the list. Fixes #133546.
2004-02-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_add_volumes): Free the
	list.  Fixes #133546.
2004-02-06 16:21:39 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero bf54dcdc5c Fix #132327.
2004-02-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #132327.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (struct _GtkFileSystemUnix): Add a
	folder_hash field to keep a list of live folder objects.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_init): Create the folder_hash.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_finalize): Destroy the folder_hash.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_get_folder): Ref and return an existing
	folder if we have it around, otherwise return a new folder object.
	(struct _GtkFileFolderUnix): Add a field for the parent file system.
	(gtk_file_folder_unix_finalize): Remove the folder from the file
	system's hash table.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_create_folder):  Emit "files-added" on the
	newly-created folder's parent.  Fixes #132327.
2004-02-06 16:15:01 +00:00
Artur Flinta 41055272dd Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-06  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-06 07:28:26 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 4bcc762377 Change the labels of the ZOOM_100 and ZOOM_FIT stock items to "_Normal
Fri Feb  6 00:51:57 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkstock.c (builtin_items): Change the labels of the
	ZOOM_100 and ZOOM_FIT stock items to "_Normal Size" and
	"Best _Fit", to be HIG compliant.  (#124080, Mariano
	Suárez-Alvarez)
2004-02-05 23:50:07 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 3b15c8b232 Add a finalize function to plug a few memory leaks. (#133544, Morten
Fri Feb  6 00:45:16 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_finalize): Add a finalize
	function to plug a few memory leaks.  (#133544, Morten Welinder)
2004-02-05 23:45:21 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5cc85a5a63 Support mnemonic_activate here as well.
Fri Feb  6 00:15:38 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c (gtk_combo_box_entry_mnemonic_activate):
	Support mnemonic_activate here as well.

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_mnemonic_activate): Focus
	the button, not the tree_view.
2004-02-05 23:14:37 +00:00
Duarte Loreto c80e17c443 Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-02-05  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-02-05 23:00:25 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ee6d7bb5a4 Add this function, to make mnemonic_activate work for combo boxes.
Thu Feb  5 23:48:19 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_mnemonic_activate): Add this
	function, to make mnemonic_activate work for combo boxes.
	(#133443, Paolo Borelli)
2004-02-05 22:46:22 +00:00
Pauli Virtanen f8ea97dfa6 Updated Finnish translation.
2004-02-05  Pauli Virtanen  <pauli.virtanen@hut.fi>

	* fi.po: Updated Finnish translation.
2004-02-05 22:09:57 +00:00
Mətin Əmirov 21e9cffeb3 Translation updated.
2004-02-05  Mətin Əmirov  <metin@karegen.com>

	* az.po: Translation updated.
2004-02-05 21:23:54 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 3e993e19ad Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-02-05 21:19:07 +00:00
Laurent Dhima baa9f3b768 Updated 2004-02-05 21:17:55 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 4b50166b82 Initialize result to FALSE. (#133539, Morten Welinder)
Thu Feb  5 22:05:52 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (bookmark_list_read): Initialize result
	to FALSE.  (#133539, Morten Welinder)
2004-02-05 21:03:13 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 593806e0de Fix the logic of the depth one check. (#133488, Christian Persch)
Thu Feb  5 21:36:43 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter): Fix the logic
	of the depth one check.  (#133488, Christian Persch)
2004-02-05 20:35:57 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov 2d85c5ef9c ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2004-02-05 13:54:00 +00:00
Christian Rose 61ed2c11d8 Removed modules/input/imhangul.c; it's not present anymore. Updated
2004-02-05  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* POTFILES.in: Removed modules/input/imhangul.c; it's not present
	anymore.
	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-05 09:11:31 +00:00
Christian Rose 90e85cfc66 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-05  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-02-05 09:01:56 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 836953b5ba Fix the drawing of tearoff menu items which don't come first in their
Thu Feb  5 01:50:19 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktearoffmenuitem.c (gtk_tearoff_menu_item_paint): Fix
	the drawing of tearoff menu items which don't come first in their
	menu.  (#33311)
2004-02-05 00:49:50 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 4fc7347cec Use g_completion_complete_utf8(). (#133313, Theppitak Karoonboonyanan)
Thu Feb  5 00:59:08 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombo.c (gtk_combo_entry_key_press): Use
	g_completion_complete_utf8(). (#133313, Theppitak Karoonboonyanan)
2004-02-05 00:01:56 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 9a98cd8f87 Fix #59707.
2004-02-04  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #59707.

	* gtk/gtklabel.c (gtk_label_focus): Removed, so we don't ignore
	the focus chain.
	(gtk_label_button_press): Fix prototype.
	(gtk_label_button_release): Likewise.
	(gtk_label_motion): Likewise.

	* tests/testgtk.c (create_message_dialog): For the dialog with
	only GTK_BUTTONS_CLOSE, make GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE the default.
2004-02-04 21:55:33 +00:00
Morten Welinder 0b14aeea37 Show on the right screen. (Fixes bug 133411, apart from the leak.)
2004-02-04  Morten Welinder  <terra@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (show_menu): Show on the right screen.  (Fixes
	bug 133411, apart from the leak.)
2004-02-04 21:17:54 +00:00
Manish Singh 9f35c7ae42 pass value in last in g_object_new, since it depends on lower and upper
Tue Feb  3 13:39:27 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkadjustment.c (gtk_adjustment_new): pass value in last
        in g_object_new, since it depends on lower and upper being set.
2004-02-03 21:43:10 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 972b761cf2 Make the window not resizable. Fixes #114032.
2004-02-03  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c (gtk_message_dialog_init): Make the
	window not resizable.  Fixes #114032.
2004-02-03 20:46:52 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 2a18cfe2fa Add documentation for the use_separator style property.
2004-02-03  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c (gtk_message_dialog_class_init): Add
	documentation for the use_separator style property.
2004-02-03 20:04:33 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero d08dd112cc Fix #68938.
2004-02-03  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #68938.

	* gtk/gtkdialog.c (GtkDialogPrivate): New private structure for
	GtkDialog; right now it only contains an ignore_separator field.
	(gtk_dialog_class_init): Register the private structure.
	(gtk_dialog_init): Initialize the priv->ignore_separator field.
	(_gtk_dialog_set_ignore_separator): New private function.
	(gtk_dialog_set_has_separator): Ignore the setting if appropriate.

	* gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c (gtk_message_dialog_class_init): Add a
	use_separator style property.
	(gtk_message_dialog_style_set): Change the dialog's separator
	based on the style property.
	(gtk_message_dialog_init): Set the dialog box to ignore the
	separator setting.
2004-02-03 19:46:43 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 35efc9ba05 Update Czech translation 2004-02-03 16:49:55 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 09cf8937e2 Build filesystemwin32.c if OS_WIN32 and also dist gtkfilesystemwin32.[hc].
Tue Feb  3 02:35:09 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/Makefile.am: Build filesystemwin32.c if OS_WIN32 and
	also dist gtkfilesystemwin32.[hc].
2004-02-03 01:32:07 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 45b99a9cee Build filesystemwin32.c if OS_WIN32.
Tue Feb  3 02:32:52 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/Makefile.am: Build filesystemwin32.c if OS_WIN32.
2004-02-03 01:30:16 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 362158dc78 Right-justify labels in rtl mode. (#129071, chinen@jp.ibm.com)
Tue Feb  3 02:04:44 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtklabel.c (gtk_label_ensure_layout): Right-justify labels
	in rtl mode.  (#129071, chinen@jp.ibm.com)

Tue Feb  3 02:01:25 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmenushell.c (gtk_real_menu_shell_move_current): Exchange the
	meaning GTK_MENU_DIR_PARENT/CHILD and GTK_MENU_DIR_PREV/NEXT in rtl
	mode.  (#107528)
2004-02-03 01:03:56 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6c935950b2 Clip narrow columns in rtl-oriented tree views (#128089,
Tue Feb  3 01:38:06 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Clip narrow columns in rtl-oriented tree views (#128089,
	chinen@jp.ibm.com):

	* gtk/gtkstyle.c (gtk_default_draw_option):
	* gtk/gtkstyle.c (gtk_default_draw_check): Clip to the
	given area.

	* gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c (gtk_tree_view_column_cell_process_action):
	Use the right clip area when calling gtk_cell_renderer_render().
	* gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c (_gtk_tree_view_column_cell_draw_focus):
	Use the right clip area when calling gtk_paint_focus().
	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c (gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_render):
	Use the right clip area when calling gtk_paint_toggle() or
	gtk_paint_check().
	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_render):
	Clip to the expose_area when drawing the background rectangle.
2004-02-03 00:40:56 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 01440e457e Use a weak reference instead of ref()/unref(). (#60857, reported by Joshua
Tue Feb  3 00:14:36 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gdk/x11/gdkgeometry-x11.c (queue_item_free, gdk_window_queue):
	Use a weak reference instead of ref()/unref(). (#60857, reported
	by Joshua N Pritikin)

	* gdk/gdkimage.c (scratch_image_info_for_depth): Formatting fix.
2004-02-02 23:26:55 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 4ec8e2b20e Add init_hadjust_value and prev_width. Initialize them here. ...and here.
Tue Feb  3 00:15:17 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreeprivate.h (struct _GtkTreeViewPrivate): Add
	init_hadjust_value and prev_width.
	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_init): Initialize
	them here.
	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_update_size): ...and here.
	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_size_allocate): Use them
	here to properly handle the initial position of rtl-oriented
	tree views.  (#127581, chinen@jp.ibm.com)
2004-02-02 23:20:42 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 72ee0b97a5 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-02-03  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.

2004-02-02  Pablo Saratxaga  <pablo@mandrakesoft.com>
2004-02-02 23:04:41 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero f480c797cd Fix #130846, reported by R. McFarland <rwmcfa1@neces.com>.
2004-01-20  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #130846, reported by R. McFarland <rwmcfa1@neces.com>.

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_button_press): Return TRUE when
	we handle an event in the colums, and FALSE at the end if the
	event is not handled at all.
2004-02-02 22:53:02 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f744d5aa33 Don't access the level after removing the node, since that may kill the
Mon Feb  2 23:41:48 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c (gtk_tree_model_filter_row_changed):
	Don't access the level after removing the node, since that may
	kill the level.  (#132615, Crispin Flowerday)
2004-02-02 22:44:05 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist db2440ed55 Set the cursor in all cases. If no grab cursor specified, use the grabbing
2004-02-02  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkevents-win32.c (gdk_pointer_grab): Set the cursor
	in all cases. If no grab cursor specified, use the grabbing
	window's cursor. If the grabbing window has no cursor, use the
	default arrow cursor. (#118025)
2004-02-02 22:26:15 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6eb2fe94cb The latest in menu separation technology.
Mon Feb  2 22:05:36 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkseparatormenuitem.c (gtk_separator_menu_item_init): The
	latest in menu separation technology.
2004-02-02 21:06:49 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann d9d3cf5eda Assume gravity works. (Anything else we have to take our chances with).
Mon Feb  2 19:04:17 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c: Assume gravity works. (Anything else
	we have to take our chances with).

	(Bug 97510)
2004-02-02 18:18:18 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann ff364586da Remove unused variable 'result'
Mon Feb  2 18:45:28 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gdk/x11/gdkfont-x11.c (gdk_font_from_description_for_display):
	Remove unused variable 'result'

	* gdk/x11/xsettings-client.[ch]: Add new set_grab/ungrab_func() functions.

	* gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c (_gdk_x11_events_init_screen): Use them here
2004-02-02 18:01:27 +00:00
Pablo Saratxaga c45038472a Changed default for Uzbek (now just "uz" is cyrillic, and "uz@Latn" for latin;
to match current practice of KDE translation)
2004-02-02 13:28:05 +00:00
Alastair McKinstry 6ce55d9b2b Updated Irish translation 2004-02-02 09:58:10 +00:00
Alastair McKinstry 3d563411cc Updated Irish translation 2004-02-02 08:23:12 +00:00
Artur Flinta 7596d5e460 Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-02  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-02-02 07:13:15 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 3b385c1c66 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-02-02 00:49:44 +00:00
Laurent Dhima f647f6f52a Updated 2004-02-02 00:47:05 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem a551012c80 Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-02-02  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-02-02 00:24:53 +00:00
Duarte Loreto a100b76693 Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-02-01  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-02-01 16:47:13 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 892ed92bef Updated Serbian translation. 2004-02-01 15:45:42 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann a4bb27616f Only start sliding when using the new API.
Sun Feb  1 16:34:07 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_size_allocate): Only start
	sliding when using the new API.
2004-02-01 15:36:22 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 623370a8e7 Make sure item_area is positioned correctly. Fix #133070, reported by
Sun Feb  1 16:03:39 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_size_allocate): Make sure
	item_area is positioned correctly. Fix #133070, reported by Jeroen
	Zwartepoorte.
2004-02-01 15:18:32 +00:00
Christian Neumair 78f5db6c5e Updated German translation. 2004-02-01 10:54:52 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 3a4758e966 Remove misleading documentation for gtk_object_set_user_data(). (#101614)
Sun Feb  1 00:37:44 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/tmpl/gtkobject.sgml: Remove misleading documentation for
	gtk_object_set_user_data().  (#101614)
2004-01-31 23:35:21 +00:00
Matthias Clasen cf0dee3fe1 Improve the documentation of event_mask for gdk_pointer_grab. (#132223,
Sun Feb  1 00:30:53 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk/tmpl/general.sgml: Improve the documentation of event_mask for
	gdk_pointer_grab.  (#132223, Pascal Haakmat)
2004-01-31 23:28:31 +00:00
Sanlig Badral 6ca9968f9b Updated Mongolian translation 2004-01-31 22:17:48 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 16a0782cea Don't crash when finalizing an unused GtkTextChildAnchor. (#132260,
Sat Jan 31 23:13:43 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktextchild.c (gtk_text_child_anchor_finalize): Don't
	crash when finalizing an unused GtkTextChildAnchor.  (#132260,
	muppet)
2004-01-31 22:11:07 +00:00
Sanlig Badral 27d4a3764b Added Mongolian translation 2004-01-31 22:05:39 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 7139efeeb1 Correct the documentation for new_order. (#124790, Tim-Philipp Müller)
* gtk/gtktreemodel.c (gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered): Correct
	the documentation for new_order.  (#124790, Tim-Philipp Müller)

	* gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c (gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width):
	Reset use_resized_width when setting fixed_width.  (#108612,
	Felipe Heidrich)
2004-01-31 21:42:28 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 707db5e7b2 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-01-31 17:44:31 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 998dd55c39 Updated 2004-01-31 17:43:08 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 3269b900f8 Don't leak the GtkKeySnooperData. (#132038, R. McFarland)
Sat Jan 31 16:27:44 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmain.c (gtk_key_snooper_remove): Don't leak the
	GtkKeySnooperData.  (#132038, R. McFarland)
2004-01-31 15:33:10 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu ebcd58f748 Updated Korean translation.
* ko.po: Updated Korean translation.
2004-01-30 22:39:31 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero a9fbfc99f5 Fixes #132975.
2004-01-30  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fixes #132975.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.c (gtk_file_system_make_path): Return NULL,
	not FALSE.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_render_icon): Likewise.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.c (gtk_file_system_win32_make_path):
	Likewise.

	* gtk/gtktreestore.c (gtk_tree_store_iter_n_children): Return 0,
	not FALSE.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_get_drop_index): Return -1, not
	FALSE.

	* gtk/gtktextiter.c (gtk_text_iter_get_chars_in_line): Return 0,
	not FALSE.
	(gtk_text_iter_get_bytes_in_line): Likewise.

	* gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c (gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size):
	Likewise.

	* gdk/linux-fb/gdkcolor-fb.c (gdk_colors_alloc): Return FALSE, not
	0.
2004-01-30 19:49:40 +00:00
Not Zed ca644c4107 Fixes #132929.
2004-01-30  Not Zed  <NotZed@Ximian.com>

	Fixes #132929.

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (cancel_arrow_animation): remove the timeout
	handler when we clear the timeout id.
2004-01-30 18:37:46 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 275cf046cf Fix #129872, based on a patch by Jan Arne Petersen <jpetersen@uni-bonn.de>
2004-01-30  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #129872, based on a patch by Jan Arne Petersen
	<jpetersen@uni-bonn.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (gtk_file_system_unix_list_bookmarks):
	Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_add_bookmark): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_remove_bookmark): Implement.

2004-01-29  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fixes #132693.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (gtk_file_system_unix_get_parent): Don't
	use filename_from_path().  Also, check that the filename is
	absolute.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_get_folder): Likewise.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_create_folder): Likewise.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_make_path): Likewise.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_parse): Likewise.
	(gtk_file_folder_unix_get_info): Likewise.
	(filename_from_path): Removed.
2004-01-30 18:02:44 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero c43721c8eb Remove C++ comment; reported by Damien Carbery <damien.carbery@sun.com>.
2004-01-30  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (arrow_action): Remove C++ comment; reported
	by Damien Carbery <damien.carbery@sun.com>.  Fixes #132956.
2004-01-30 17:59:59 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador 7f923de9e0 Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-30  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-30 17:26:32 +00:00
Owen Taylor 1378322fe4 Revert changes from #113476 and go back to using XftDrawSetClip, because
Fri Jan 30 11:37:37 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gdk/x11/gdkdrawable-x11.c: Revert changes from
        #113476 and go back to using XftDrawSetClip, because
        XftDrawSetClipRectangles is buggy in XFree86-4.3.
2004-01-30 16:40:59 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 073a417988 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-30  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-30 13:35:11 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 21bbcd56be Update Czech translation 2004-01-30 11:59:41 +00:00
Christian Rose 241575ce08 Updated Maori translation by John C Barstow <jbowtie@amathaine.com>.
2004-01-30  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* mi.po: Updated Maori translation by
	John C Barstow <jbowtie@amathaine.com>.
2004-01-30 11:41:30 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac f7aece54cd Fix Czech translation 2004-01-30 10:32:42 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov 2181596e1d ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2004-01-30 05:59:23 +00:00
Matthias Clasen cbfda60af1 Add properties to GtkAdjustment. (#64601, Murray Cumming)
Fri Jan 30 00:45:46 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkadjustment.c: Add properties to GtkAdjustment.
	(#64601, Murray Cumming)
2004-01-29 23:49:25 +00:00
Owen Taylor a5f9b185ab gtk/gtktextlayout.c (line_display_iter_to_index) Only adjust the preedit
Thu Jan 29 18:08:06 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/gtktextlayout.c (line_display_iter_to_index)
        * gtk/gtktextlayout.c (line_display_index_to_iter): Only
        adjust the preedit position for lines that include the
        preedit string. (#132353, Yao Zhang). How the heck
        did this work as well as it did?!?!

        * modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c (gtk_im_context_xim_get_ic):
        Reverse change to change of XNFilterEvents event mask from
        #110493 -- it's documented and in the Xlib code an
        unsigned long.

        * modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c (preedit_start_callback):
        Return -1 rather than void to indicate no length limit.
        (#129548)
2004-01-29 23:33:07 +00:00
Matthias Clasen bdca6b33b8 Allow NULL for strings to clear the list. (#105386, Marco Pesenti Gritti)
Fri Jan 30 00:13:46 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombo.c (gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings): Allow NULL
	for strings to clear the list.  (#105386, Marco Pesenti Gritti)
2004-01-29 23:26:45 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu fede8fef1d Updated Korean translation.
* ko.po: Updated Korean translation.
2004-01-29 19:19:09 +00:00
Richard Hult 25d649abbf Free font_desc. Fixes #132805.
2004-01-28  Richard Hult  <richard@imendio.com>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_get_size):
	Free font_desc.  Fixes #132805.
2004-01-29 18:10:29 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero e3138546d1 Free the GError. Patch provided by Christian Persch
2004-01-29  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (render_icon_name_pixbuf): Free the GError.
	Patch provided by Christian Persch <chpe@stud.uni-saarland.de>
2004-01-29 17:55:48 +00:00
Kostas Papadimas 0dff11c579 Updated the Greek translation 2004-01-29 16:45:59 +00:00
Owen Taylor 0cad69fcdd nul-terminate the target atoms. (#132656, Christian Persch)
Thu Jan 29 11:00:18 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/gtkselection.c (gtk_selection_default_handler):
        nul-terminate the target atoms. (#132656, Christian Persch)
2004-01-29 16:33:30 +00:00
Artur Flinta 598eebb8bf Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-29  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-29 07:23:20 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 026542e29f Don't leak path if we bail out early. (#132505, Christian Persch)
Thu Jan 29 00:59:03 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c (gtk_tree_model_filter_rows_reordered): Don't leak
	path if we bail out early.  (#132505, Christian Persch)
2004-01-28 23:56:50 +00:00
Matthias Clasen b3ecd29090 Do reference counting on the user_data that is shared between multiple
Thu Jan 29 00:48:47 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full):
	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_actions_full): Do reference
	counting on the user_data that is shared between multiple signal handlers,
	to avoid calling the destroy notify multiple times.  (#132447, Adam Hooper)
2004-01-28 23:49:10 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a76458ace6 Remove unfinished sentence, until jrb finds time to write a real
Wed Jan 28 22:51:41 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/tmpl/gtktreeviewcolumn.sgml: Remove unfinished sentence, until
	jrb finds time to write a real description.
2004-01-28 21:49:25 +00:00
Hans Breuer 2d19ee19be new GTK_STOCK_NETWORK ... gtk/gtkstock.[hc] : ... define ...
2004-01-28  Hans Breuer  <hans@breuer.org>

	* gtk/stock-icons/stock_network_(16|24).png : new GTK_STOCK_NETWORK ...
	  gtk/gtkstock.[hc] : ... define ...
	  gtk/gtkiconfactory.c : ... register ...
	  gtk/stock-icons/Makefile.am gtk/stock-icons/makefile.msc : ... compile ...
	* gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.c : ... and use. Also adapt to recent
	IFace changes.

	* gtk/gtk.def : added a bunch of new exported symbols

	* tests/testfilechooser.c (no_backup_files_filter) : don't crash
	on filter_info->display_name being NULL

	* tests/testgtk.c : make testgtk --bench=all work again
2004-01-28 21:46:02 +00:00
Hans Breuer f8b6fce69f updated externals
2004-01-28  Hans Breuer  <hans@breuer.org>

	* gdk_pixbuf.def : updated externals
2004-01-28 21:38:39 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f7992f3caa Fix a header name misspelling. (#123589, Jan Huelsbergen)
Wed Jan 28 21:46:55 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk/tmpl/event_structs.sgml: Fix a header name misspelling.
	(#123589, Jan Huelsbergen)
2004-01-28 20:44:40 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 4f67285651 Don't leak string. (#132482, Christian Persch)
Wed Jan 28 21:40:47 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c (gtk_entry_completion_action_data_func):
	Don't leak string.  (#132482, Christian Persch)
2004-01-28 20:39:46 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac bab85e9e8e Fixed Czech translation 2004-01-28 11:22:23 +00:00
Manish Singh 575702f503 quote AC_DEFUN macro names so automake 1.8 won't whine at us.
Tue Jan 27 18:45:47 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * m4macros/gtk-2.0.m4: quote AC_DEFUN macro names so automake
        1.8 won't whine at us.
2004-01-28 02:52:01 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 4263ea1502 Don' generate enter or leave events if the pointer is grabbed with
2004-01-28  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkevents-win32.c (synthesize_leave_event,
	synthesize_enter_event): Don' generate enter or leave events if
	the pointer is grabbed with owner_events off, and the grab event
	mask doesn't ask for them. (#129242)

	(gdk_event_translate): Ditto for focus change events.
2004-01-28 02:10:07 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 7af769f92c Fix #132314.
2004-01-27  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #132314.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.h: Removed the #ifdef-ed out, old icon API.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.c: Likewise.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (filename_get_info): Removed the old
	icon-type code.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_render_icon): Moved the icon-rendering code
	from GtkFileInfo to here.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_render_icon): Implement.
2004-01-27 23:20:01 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu 320166f2a7 Removed modules/input/imhangul.c.
* POTFILES.in: Removed modules/input/imhangul.c.
2004-01-27 18:23:56 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu 1e8cb4623f Remove broken hangul input module.
* modules/input/imhangul-defs.h:
	* modules/input/imhangul.c:
	* modules/input/Makefile.am: Remove broken hangul input module.
2004-01-27 18:20:16 +00:00
Christian Rose fbcd4fccfc Updated Maori translation by John C Barstow <jbowtie@amathaine.com>.
2004-01-27  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* mi.po: Updated Maori translation by
	John C Barstow <jbowtie@amathaine.com>.
2004-01-27 13:49:55 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland 2665a49205 Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation. Removed leftover conflict
2004-01-27  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
	* ChangeLog: Removed leftover conflict indicator.
2004-01-27 07:48:03 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland c35ae0aaa6 Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-27  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-27 07:46:47 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 55b5211d4e Remove obsolete comment.
Tue Jan 27 01:56:46 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Remove obsolete comment.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (DEFAULT_SPACE_SIZE, SPACE_LINE_START,
	SPACE_LINE_END): Make separators wider and taller, so they are
	easier to pick up when editing the toolbar.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (slide_idle_handler): Add a comment, simplify
	a bit,

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (rect_within): Formatting fix

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_set_drop_highlight_item): Make
	sliding feel more responsive by only restarting sliding when the
	placeholder actually changes its goal allocation.
2004-01-27 01:11:18 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a2beab833b Avoid a compiler warning. (#122725, Kjartan Maraas)
Tue Jan 27 02:00:37 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtktreeitem.c (gtk_tree_item_add_pixmaps): Avoid a
	compiler warning.  (#122725, Kjartan Maraas)
2004-01-27 00:58:48 +00:00
Matthias Clasen edaa41829b Removed conflict markers. 2004-01-27 00:49:46 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 519a586ac4 Make menus work better on Xinerama (#126150):
Tue Jan 27 01:46:54 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Make menus work better on Xinerama (#126150):

	* gtk/gtkmenuitem.c (gtk_menu_item_position_menu): Calculate the
	monitor_num on the screen of the menu, not of the attach widget.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (menu_change_screen): Forget the stored monitor_num.
	(gtk_menu_window_size_request): Remember the monitor_num.
2004-01-27 00:49:03 +00:00
Nikos Charonitakis ae395158da Updated Greek translation 2004-01-26 22:05:30 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 5ebb6b04f2 Fix #105497; constify uses of GdkColor.
2004-01-26  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #105497; constify uses of GdkColor.

	* gdk/gdkgc.c (gdk_gc_set_rgb_fg_color): Constify.
	(gdk_gc_set_rgb_bg_color): Constify.
	(gdk_gc_set_foreground): Constify.

	* gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c (gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap): Constify.
	* gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c (gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap): Constify.
	* gdk/linux-fb/gdkcursor-fb.c (gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap): Constify.

	* gdk/x11/gdkpixmap-x11.c (gdk_pixmap_create_from_data): Constify.
	* gdk/win32/gdkpixmap-win32.c (gdk_pixmap_create_from_data): Constify.
	* gdk/linux-fb/gdkpixmap-fb.c (gdk_pixmap_create_from_data): Constify.

	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (gdk_window_set_background): Constify.
	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c (gdk_window_set_background): Constify.
	* gdk/linux-fb/gdkwindow-fb.c (gdk_window_set_background): Constify.

	* gdk/gdkpango.c (gdk_draw_layout_line_with_colors): Constify.
	(gdk_draw_layout_with_colors): Constify.

	* gdk/gdkpixmap.c (gdk_pixmap_colormap_new_from_pixbuf): Constify.
	(gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm): Constify.
	(gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm): Constify.
	(gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d): Constify.
	(gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d): Constify.

	* gtk/gtkcellview.c (gtk_cell_view_set_background_color): Constify.

	* gtk/gtkclist.c (gtk_clist_set_foreground): Constify.
	(gtk_clist_set_background): Constify.

	* gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c (gtk_color_button_new_with_color): Constify.
	(gtk_color_button_set_color): Constify.

	* gtk/gtkcolorsel.c (gtk_color_selection_set_current_color):
	Constify and add a check for color != NULL.
	(gtk_color_selection_get_current_color): Add a check for color != NULL.
	(gtk_color_selection_set_previous_color): Constify and add a check
	for color != NULL.
	(gtk_color_selection_get_previous_color): Add a check for color != NULL.

	* gtk/gtkctree.c (gtk_ctree_node_set_foreground): Constify.
	(gtk_ctree_node_set_background): Constify.

	* gtk/gtktext.c (gtk_text_insert): Constify.
	(insert_text_property): Constify.
	(text_properties_equal): Constify.
	(new_text_property): Constify.

	* gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_modify_color_component): Constify.
	(gtk_widget_modify_fg): Constify.
	(gtk_widget_modify_bg): Constify.
	(gtk_widget_modify_text): Constify.
	(gtk_widget_modify_base): Constify.
2004-01-26 20:21:09 +00:00
Artur Flinta 790106c7e7 Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-26  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-26 08:58:26 +00:00
Christian Rose 69cdc01727 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-26  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-25 23:51:05 +00:00
Christian Rose c8ad9860a3 Added entries.
2004-01-26  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* .cvsignore: Added entries.
2004-01-25 23:45:34 +00:00
Christian Rose 80a1e0de75 Added "mi" to ALL_LINGUAS. Added Maori translation by John C Barstow
2004-01-26  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* configure.in: Added "mi" to ALL_LINGUAS.
	* po/mi.po, po-properties/mi.po: Added Maori translation by
	John C Barstow <jbowtie@amathaine.com>.
2004-01-25 23:42:54 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 15567341f1 If the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property is being deleted, set the owner of the
2004-01-25  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkproperty-win32.c (gdk_property_delete): If the
	WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property is being deleted, set the owner of the
	window to the root window (i.e., effectively unset it). (#132411)

	* gdk/win32/gdkprivate-win32.h
	* gdk/win32/gdkglobals-win32.c
	* gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c: Declare, define and initialize
	_wm_transient_for, a GdkAtom for WM_TRANSIENT_FOR.

	* acconfig.h: Remove HAVE_WINSOCK_H, not used any longer.
2004-01-25 22:19:40 +00:00
Fixed mis-translations. T.Aihana 20aa49061f 2004-01-25 Fixed mis-translations. T.Aihana <aihana@gnome.gr.jp> 2004-01-25 14:46:14 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 27070f145b Base the decision to map/unmap items on whether they are actually
Sun Jan 25 15:14:46 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_size_allocate): Base the decision
	to map/unmap items on whether they are actually allocated outside
	the toolbar, not on whether that will eventually happen. Improves
	animation in the presence of overflown items.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_begin_sliding): Add a
	queue_resize() to so that the items will get their new goal
	values and the idle handler will not immediately return FALSE.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (slide_idle_handler): simplify the logic and
	make sure that a placeholder becoming invisible doesn't cause a
	return TRUE.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (get_item_size): Don't special case
	placeholders here.
2004-01-25 14:17:15 +00:00
Updated ja.po. T.Aihana 19ecfe4f55 2004-01-25 Updated ja.po. T.Aihana <aihana@gnome.gr.jp> 2004-01-25 13:38:42 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem b12e93c51f Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-25  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-25 09:56:40 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 63f37a9ef6 Only try to pack icon if there actually is one.
Sat Jan 24 23:17:27 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbutton.c (gtk_tool_button_construct_contents): Only
	try to pack icon if there actually is one.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_size_allocate): Make sure
	OVERFLOWN items get an allocation even when they are
	unmapped. This ensures they will slide in properly.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (slide_idle_handler): Make sure we return TRUE
	when there are overflown items that need to slide in. Also add
	comments and make formatting more readable.
2004-01-24 22:29:18 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann c2afbf7955 Add a write-only property ::group to be consistent with GtkRadioAction and
Sat Jan 24 17:38:48 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c (gtk_radio_tool_button_class_init):
	Add a write-only property ::group to be consistent with
	GtkRadioAction and GtkRadioButton. (#132159, Patch from Olivier
	Andrieu)
2004-01-24 16:49:31 +00:00
Christophe Merlet ff32f555f0 Updated French translation. 2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
Christophe Merlet 81462c6388 Updated French translation. 2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 28dc8a24f3 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-24  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-24 09:25:59 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador 824d4bc355 Updated Spanih translation.
2004-01-24  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanih translation.
2004-01-23 23:33:45 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 01129468a8 Don't leak the font description. (#132168)
Fri Jan 23 23:46:12 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkfontbutton.c (gtk_font_button_label_use_font): Don't leak the
	font description.  (#132168)
2004-01-23 22:55:47 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 07de591757 Fix #132247.
2004-01-23  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #132247.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (set_select_multiple): Handle folder
	mode.
	(set_select_multiple): Optionally notify about changes to the
	select-multiple property.
	(list_selection_changed): Change the condition for the editable row to
	test for save mode; this is more clear than testing for not being
	in multiple selection mode.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Get impl->action directly
	rather than calling gtk_file_chooser_get_action().
	(entry_activate): Likewise.
	(set_select_multiple): Annotate about #133255.
	(update_chooser_entry): Likewise.
	(check_preview_change): Likewise.
	(tree_selection_changed): Likewise.
2004-01-23 20:15:05 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 65e277c5d2 Don't crash when there are no columns, or all columns are hidden, #131402
Fri Jan 23 14:56:18 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos): Don't crash
        when there are no columns, or all columns are hidden, #131402
2004-01-23 19:59:49 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac f2cafe6480 Update Czech translation 2004-01-23 18:31:19 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero b930d25be2 Note that a widget must be focusable for the menu keybindings to work.
2004-01-23  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Note that a widget must be
	focusable for the menu keybindings to work.

2004-01-22  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Mention when it is useful to use
	GdkEventExpose.region rather than GdkEventExpose.area.
2004-01-23 16:43:27 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann e133455aa7 Changing to 200 was a mistake. Change back to 225.
Fri Jan 23 16:58:28 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (DEFAULT_POPUP_DELAY): Changing to 200 was a
	mistake. Change back to 225.
2004-01-23 16:00:20 +00:00
Danilo Šegan e8dfc63d60 Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-23 10:05:22 +00:00
Anders Carlsson 42f1406dbf Check if the completion is the same one as the old one.
2004-01-23  Anders Carlsson  <andersca@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkentry.c: (gtk_entry_set_completion):
	Check if the completion is the same one as the old one.

	* gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:
	* gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h:
	Move GET_PRIVATE macro into .c file, fix a trivial spelling
	error.
2004-01-23 08:38:47 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov 79ab6d9b4e ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2004-01-23 06:04:57 +00:00
Owen Taylor 0d4709d429 === Released 2.3.2 ===
Thu Jan 22 18:46:05 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * === Released 2.3.2 ===
2004-01-23 00:19:07 +00:00
Owen Taylor 1b2ff84cbf Patch from Christian Neumair to make warning string more translator
Thu Jan 22 18:45:26 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/gtkicontheme.c: Patch from Christian Neumair
        to make warning string more translator friendly.

        * gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.h gtkseparatortoolitem.[ch]
        gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Parameter name fixes to keep gtk-doc
        happy.

        * configure.in: Require GLib-2.3.2, version 2.3.2,
        interface age 0, binary age 302.

        * NEWS: Organized, added some names.
2004-01-22 23:47:42 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford e2551adbd7 Doc fix.
Thu Jan 22 16:59:36 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkliststore.c (gtk_list_store_reorder): Doc fix.
2004-01-22 22:53:00 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 2361bd9f39 Added documentation for GtkWidget::popup_menu.
2004-01-22  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_class_init): Added documentation for
	GtkWidget::popup_menu.
2004-01-22 21:34:16 +00:00
Matthias Clasen d49500e4b7 Remove the attach info after calling gtk_menu_do_remove(), since that
Thu Jan 22 21:45:24 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_remove): Remove the attach
	info after calling gtk_menu_do_remove(), since that function
	uses the attach info. Doh!

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_do_remove): Don't check priv->columns
	for being 1 directly after setting it to 0.
2004-01-22 20:45:36 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero fa4e057e98 Point to GtkEntry as an example of a widget that uses a custom function to
2004-01-22  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Point to GtkEntry as an example of
	a widget that uses a custom function to position its popup menu.
2004-01-22 20:44:38 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 6a3e3b20d3 Updates
Thu Jan 22 21:38:52 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* NEWS: Updates
2004-01-22 20:40:57 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 51116ad493 New chapter with a "Migration Checklist" of things people need to do to be
2004-01-22  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: New chapter with a "Migration
	Checklist" of things people need to do to be good citizens in the
	GTK+ world.  This is mainly a way to tell people about interesting
	APIs that they should use instead of hand-hacked approaches.

	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Added migrating-checklist.sgml.

	* gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Likewise.
2004-01-22 20:17:34 +00:00
Alexander Larsson 465d6e358c Fix typo
2004-01-22  Alexander Larsson  <alexl@redhat.com>

	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (WINDOW_IS_TOPLEVEL):
	Fix typo
2004-01-22 17:13:22 +00:00
Ole Laursen 8e4ef5edee Updated Danish translation.
2004-01-22  Ole Laursen  <olau@hardworking.dk>

	* da.po: Updated Danish translation.
2004-01-22 16:33:09 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 1285e984de Translation updated by Kees van den Broek.
2004-01-22  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Kees van den Broek.
2004-01-22 13:48:23 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 7fed66df42 new introduction section.
Thu Jan 22 01:46:45 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/tmpl/gtktreemodelsort.sgml: new introduction section.
2004-01-22 06:48:20 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 56913b4b3b Free the path fields.
2004-01-21  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (gtk_file_chooser_default_finalize):
	Free the path fields.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c (gtk_file_system_model_finalize): Free
	the root_path, reported by <scott@asofyet.org>
	(gtk_file_system_model_finalize): Unref the file system.

	* gtk/gtkfilefilter.c (filter_rule_free): default:
	g_assert_not_reached().
	(gtk_file_filter_finalize): Free the filter->name, reported by
	<scott@asofyet.org>
	(gtk_file_filter_finalize): Free the rules list.
2004-01-22 02:39:31 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 9236298621 redraw the color button when an alpha is set.
Wed Jan 21 18:10:40 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c (gtk_color_button_set_color):redraw the
        color button when an alpha is set.
        (gtk_color_button_set_alpha): redraw the color button when an
        alpha is set.
2004-01-21 23:29:08 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a18431078a Fix #131869:
Wed Jan 21 23:27:14 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Fix #131869:

	* gtk/gtkaction.c (_gtk_action_emit_activate): Hold
	a reference to the group while emitting the signals.

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_init): Use a
	destroy notify which does not only unref, but also resets
	the action_group property of the action.
2004-01-21 22:26:53 +00:00
Alastair McKinstry 577157a196 Updated Irish translation 2004-01-21 20:38:15 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 5d64493159 Update Czech translation 2004-01-21 17:56:37 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford e935a08d42 Sync from upstream
Wed Jan 21 09:33:13 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * libgnomevfs/xdgmimeglob.c:
        * libgnomevfs/xdgmimemagic.c: Sync from upstream
2004-01-21 14:33:10 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov 740082e29d ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2004-01-21 13:42:37 +00:00
Artur Flinta 5b2823013e Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-21  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-21 09:02:41 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 246ef6d2ff Added details about GtkFileChooser changes.
2004-01-20  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* NEWS: Added details about GtkFileChooser changes.
2004-01-20 23:17:11 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 3ccf6187e3 Fix #99425, add accessor functions for GtkPaned's children.
2004-01-20  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #99425, add accessor functions for GtkPaned's children.

	* gtk/gtkpaned.c (gtk_paned_get_child1): New function.
	(gtk_paned_get_child2): New function.
2004-01-20 23:07:40 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero eafbfd6367 Added gtk_paned_get_child[12].
2004-01-20  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Added gtk_paned_get_child[12].
2004-01-20 23:04:13 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 7c6dc86b40 Start of 2.3.2 section.
Tue Jan 20 23:49:52 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* NEWS: Start of 2.3.2 section.
2004-01-20 22:49:36 +00:00
cinamod 30e463b6b4 remove UXTHEME_HAS_LINES, fix menu coloration 2004-01-20 21:46:59 +00:00
Matthias Clasen d7bfabebdb Fixes for #130370, based on a patch by Michael Meeks:
Tue Jan 20 22:11:31 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Fixes for #130370, based on a patch by Michael Meeks:

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_do_remove): New auxiliary function to
	adjust cell positions and recalculate row and column counts after
	removing an item.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_remove): Call gtk_menu_do_remove.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_do_insert): Don't leave empty rows when
	appending items.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_attach): Don't call gtk_menu_shell_append,
	to avoid an unintended recursion.
2004-01-20 21:11:30 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 1c28c446fc Forgotten log entry. 2004-01-20 21:03:49 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford a99fb2ea6c resync with upstream sources.
Tue Jan 20 13:07:04 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * xdgmime.c: resync with upstream sources.
2004-01-20 18:07:07 +00:00
Jody Goldberg 245308c38c add stock indent, unindent I would have prefered outdent, but
2004-01-05  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (get_default_icons) : add stock indent, unindent
	  I would have prefered outdent, but compatibility seems more
	  important.
	* gtk/gtkstock.c (builtin_items) : ditto.
	* gtk/gtkstock.h : ditto.
	* gtk/stock-icons/Makefile.am : ditto.
	* gtk/stock-icons/stock_text_indent_16.png :
	* gtk/stock-icons/stock_text_indent_24.png :
	* gtk/stock-icons/stock_text_unindent_16.png :
	* gtk/stock-icons/stock_text_unindent_24.png : from gnome-icon-theme

2003-12-18  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkicontheme.c (gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon)) : Add a sanity test
	  to ensure that the base hicolor theme is installed.  Silently
	  failing to produce icons that apps assume exist in the theme seems
	  like a bad idea.
2004-01-20 16:32:54 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov 28e71dcba6 ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2004-01-20 15:45:36 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu 5da30b932a Updated Korean translation.
* ko.po: Updated Korean translation.
2004-01-20 15:02:22 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 45e6ab2d84 Fix #131418.
2004-01-19  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #131418.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (set_select_multiple): New helper
	function.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_property): Use
	set_select_multiple().  Also, re-set this mode to single if the
	file chooser is set to Save mode.
	(entry_activate): Handle the case where the entry is completely
	empty *and* its current folder does exist.  Also, there is need to
	test for select_multiple here now that we ensure that it won't
	happen during Save mode.
2004-01-20 02:44:58 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 3799ae9520 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-19  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-19 19:38:28 +00:00
Christian Neumair a788d63fcb Updated German translation. 2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
Hasbullah Bin Pit 3cc5990de1 Updated Malay translation.
2004-01-19  Hasbullah Bin Pit <sebol@my-penguin.org>

        * ms.po: Updated Malay translation.
2004-01-19 17:02:52 +00:00
Artur Flinta 96bca134a8 Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-19  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-19 14:56:08 +00:00
Hasbullah Bin Pit 2cc184d3ea hello world 2004-01-19 14:40:29 +00:00
Hasbullah Bin Pit c90a510f1d Updated Malay translation.
2004-01-19  Hasbullah Bin Pit <sebol@my-penguin.org>

        * ms.po: Updated Malay translation.
2004-01-19 14:36:59 +00:00
Danilo Šegan f2a3138689 Added XGETTEXT_KEYWORDS. 2004-01-19 13:14:08 +00:00
Laurent Dhima da3bdc7e30 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-01-19 11:18:08 +00:00
Laurent Dhima e60e55a7cc Updated 2004-01-19 11:16:15 +00:00
Artur Flinta a0bb56cc0e Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-19  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-19 08:56:51 +00:00
Laurent Dhima b44527f46d Reverted Albanian file
* sq.po: Reverted Albanian file
2004-01-19 08:32:25 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 0a6b898e6f Reverted 2004-01-19 08:29:22 +00:00
Pablo Saratxaga 871ad9dbdf updated Walloon file 2004-01-19 02:22:30 +00:00
Pablo Saratxaga adea130c7f updated Walloon file 2004-01-19 02:05:51 +00:00
Laurent Dhima e715544211 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-01-19 00:13:24 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 0c8febff1f Updated 2004-01-18 23:53:01 +00:00
Alastair McKinstry 97f2287860 Update Irish translation 2004-01-18 22:07:01 +00:00
Christian Rose 7df273d8c8 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-18  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-18 14:50:43 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 8578431f1b Add _gtk_toolbar_paint_space_line(), _gtk_toolbar_get_default_space_size
Sun Jan 18 15:25:39 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.[ch]: Add _gtk_toolbar_paint_space_line(),
	_gtk_toolbar_get_default_space_size ();

	* gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c (gtk_separator_tool_item_expose,
	get_space_size): Use them here.
2004-01-18 14:31:00 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann accc299dfa Set a small size request and make the window resizable, to test
Sun Jan 18 13:16:34 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* tests/testgtk.c (create_toolbar): Set a small size request and
	make the window resizable, to test mapping/unmapping of buttons.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_remove_content,
	gtk_toolbar_insert_tool_item): remove these functions.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_show_all,
	toolbar_content_show_all, gtk_toolbar_hide_all,
	toolbar_content_hide_all): New functions.

	Ignore show_all/hide_all for buttons created in compatibility mode.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (internal_insert_element, gtk_toolbar_show_all,
	gtk_toolbar_hide_all): Make sure buttons are ignored by
	gtk_toolbar_show_all() and gtk_toolbar_hide_all().

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c: s/regular_widget/compatibility/g

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (struct _ToolbarContent): Allocate
	GtkToolbarChild inline. Get rid of GtkToolbarChildSpace.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (toolbar_content_expose): Fix bug where widget
	could become NULL.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_add): Append new tool items
	instead of prepending them.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_size_allocate): Use the same
	'elapsed' for all items.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (struct _GtkToolbarPrivate): Turn booleans
	into bitfields.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Many formatting fixes
2004-01-18 12:28:38 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 1da6d9425e Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-18 11:44:37 +00:00
Christophe Merlet 031bcbc452 Updated French translation. 2004-01-18 10:28:02 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 75f9a9cee8 Add the necessary magic to create po-properties/Makefile.
Sun Jan 18 01:51:12 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* configure.in: Add the necessary magic to create
	po-properties/Makefile.

Sun Jan 18 01:52:04 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* Makefile.in.in (subdir): Define appropriately.
2004-01-18 00:50:15 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5fbd0d1aaf Added Afrikaans translation. 2004-01-17 22:39:33 +00:00
Matthias Clasen fb6bf703d1 splitting the gtk20 translation domain. 2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f7be7085b4 Split the gtk translations into the domains gtk20 and gtk20-properties. 2004-01-17 22:15:58 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann a28128d855 Fix rest of #128678: Implement all the toolbar_content() methods for the
Sat Jan 17 22:00:07 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c:

	Fix rest of #128678: Implement all the toolbar_content()
	methods for the old API case.
2004-01-17 21:03:31 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 540fa75f90 Phase 1 of fixing #128678: Only access ToolbarContent through a set of new
Sat Jan 17 16:53:08 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c:

	Phase 1 of fixing #128678: Only access ToolbarContent through a
	set of new functions:

	toolbar_content_expose, toolbar_content_visible,
	toolbar_content_size_request, toolbar_content_is_homogeneous,
	toolbar_content_get_child_requisition,
	toolbar_content_is_placeholder, toolbar_content_disappearing,
	toolbar_content_get_state, toolbar_content_child_visible,
	toolbar_content_get_goal_allocation,
	toolbar_content_get_allocation,
	toolbar_content_set_start_allocation,
	toolbar_content_get_start_allocation, toolbar_content_get_expand,
	toolbar_content_set_goal_allocation,
	toolbar_content_set_child_visible, toolbar_content_size_allocate,
	toolbar_content_set_state, toolbar_content_get_widget,
	toolbar_content_set_disappearing,
	toolbar_content_set_size_request,
	toolbar_content_toolbar_reconfigured,
	toolbar_content_retrieve_menu_item,
	toolbar_content_new_tool_item, toolbar_content_destroy,
	toolbar_content_is_separator

	Also fix #127092.
2004-01-17 16:58:17 +00:00
Pablo Saratxaga fe27e9d94a updated Walloon file; added Britton file 2004-01-17 16:22:09 +00:00
Pablo Saratxaga 5b1cacaadb Added Britton (br) to ALL_LINGUAS 2004-01-17 16:16:27 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 871ada6fed Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-17  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-17 15:21:03 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 1daf55ae26 don't leak the menu item ID.
Sat Jan 17 12:55:13 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolitem.c (gtk_tool_item_finalize): don't leak the menu
	item ID.
2004-01-17 11:58:24 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 43b44fff94 Don't leak the overflow menu.
Sat Jan 17 12:37:46 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_finalize): Don't leak the
	overflow menu.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.h (struct _GtkToolbar): Make some fields public.
	[#127726]
2004-01-17 11:51:28 +00:00
Christophe Merlet 49a0e79dd6 Updated French translation. 2004-01-17 10:55:20 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 02cb455471 Added a has_editable field. (_gtk_file_system_model_add_editable): New
2004-01-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c (struct _GtkFileSystemModel): Added a
	has_editable field.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_add_editable): New function.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_remove_editable): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_model_get_value): Return appropriate values for
	the temporary editable row.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_get_info): Handle the editable row.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_get_path): Likewise.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_append_bookmarks):
	Removed an unused variable.
	(toolbar_button_new): Optionally show the button.
	(up_button_clicked_cb): Renamed from up_button_cb(), fixed prototype.
	(toolbar_create): Add a "New Folder" button for Save mode.
	(error_building_filename_dialog): New helper function.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Use error_building_filename_dialog().
	(create_file_list): Connect to the "edited" signal of the text
	cell renderer.  Store the name column and text renderer in the
	impl structure.
	(renderer_edited_cb): New callback.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_property): Show/hide the "New
	folder" button when the save action changes.
	(COMPARE_DIRECTORIES): Allow the info values to be NULL.
	(COMPARE_DIRECTORIES): Duh, use the list_model, not the
	tree_model.
	(get_list_file_info): Likewise!
	(list_icon_data_func): Handle the path being NULL.
	(new_folder_button_clicked): New callback.
	(list_name_data_func): If we are on the editable row, set the text
	to "Type name of new folder".
	(list_selection_changed): Handle the editable row.
	(list_mtime_data_func): Likewise.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (gtk_file_system_unix_make_path): Return
	NULL, not FALSE.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_create_folder): Test the result of mkdir() correctly.
2004-01-17 04:34:49 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 07d4d314b6 The first part of the fix for #114351 (see also gdk-pixbuf/ChangeLog and
Fri Jan 16 23:59:01 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	The first part of the fix for #114351 (see also
	gdk-pixbuf/ChangeLog and po/ChangeLog):

	* gtk/gtkintl.h:
	* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-i18n.h:
	* gdk/gdkintl.h: Define P_() for property blurbs and nicks.

	* gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:
	* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:
	* modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:
	* gtk/*.c:  Mark property blurbs and nicks with P_().

	* po/Makefile.in.in: Add --keyword=P_ to the xgettext
	invocation, since property blurbs and nicks are
	now marked with P_().
2004-01-16 23:10:05 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero fb526d239a Fix #130969.
2004-01-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #130969.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h (struct _GtkCellRendererClass): Added an
	editing_canceled signal.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c (gtk_cell_renderer_class_init): Create the
	"editing-canceled" signal.
	(gtk_cell_renderer_editing_canceled): New function.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_editing_done):
	Call gtk_cell_renderer_editing_canceled().
2004-01-16 19:18:28 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero c6860c111b Do not allow setting select_multiple when in Save mode. (set_list_model):
2004-01-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_property): Do not allow setting
	select_multiple when in Save mode.
	(set_list_model): No need to nullify the list_model and
	sort_model.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Handle folder mode as well.
	(get_paths_foreach): Likewise.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooser.c (gtk_file_chooser_get_filename): Clarify
	documentation about folder mode.
	(gtk_file_chooser_get_uri): Likewise.
2004-01-16 05:12:21 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero f2f12b9aae New get_volume_for_path() method. (struct _GtkFileSystemIface): Finally
2004-01-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.h (struct _GtkFileSystemIface): New
	get_volume_for_path() method.
	(struct _GtkFileSystemIface): Finally removed the list_roots() and
	get_root_info() methods, and the "roots-changed" signal.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.c (gtk_file_system_get_volume_for_path): New
	function.
	(gtk_file_system_list_roots): Removed.
	(gtk_file_system_get_root_info): Removed.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c
	(gtk_file_system_unix_get_volume_for_path): Implement.
	(get_root_volume): New helper function.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_list_volumes): Use get_root_volume().
	(gtk_file_system_unix_list_roots): Removed.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_get_root_info): Removed.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c (_gtk_file_system_model_new): Don't
	accept a NULL root_path.
	(struct _GtkFileSystemModel): Add a field to remember the
	root_path.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_new): Store the root_path in the model
	structure.
	(find_and_ref_path): Stop going up the hierarchy at the root_path
	of the model.  Also, don't return prematurely when walking up the
	hierarchy.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (create_file_list): Sigh, restore
	the rules_hint.
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Added a current_volume_path field.
	(set_tree_model): New function; create the folder tree model here.
	(create_folder_tree): Don't create the model here.
	(set_list_model): Set the show_hidden flag on the list model.
2004-01-16 03:35:33 +00:00
Laurent Dhima c13c0a01d8 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-01-16 01:32:16 +00:00
Laurent Dhima a06296a1d4 Updated 2004-01-16 01:30:40 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ccdf56088b Return the index of the newly inserted page. (#130986, Olexiy Avramchenko)
Fri Jan 16 00:04:43 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtknotebook.h:
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_append_page):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_append_page_menu):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_prepend_page):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_prepend_page_menu):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_insert_page):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_insert_page_menu): Return the
	index of the newly inserted page.  (#130986, Olexiy Avramchenko)
2004-01-15 23:04:43 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 207b590ce9 Move the old chapters about 1.2 and 2.0 changes to Federicos new
Thu Jan 15 23:54:46 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Move the old chapters about 1.2 and 2.0
	changes to Federicos new 'migrating' part.
2004-01-15 22:54:18 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 36d79ded77 Inserting a 'newly-allocated' to hint that the list should be freed after
Thu Jan 15 23:17:14 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels): Inserting
	a 'newly-allocated' to hint that the list should be freed after
	use.
2004-01-15 22:15:39 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 99e00e044d Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-15  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-15 12:49:25 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 1c47c4b1a0 Update Czech translation 2004-01-15 12:20:30 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 40bd0ccb17 move grab_focus to after handling the button presses in the TreeView to
Wed Jan 14 18:01:52 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_button_press): move grab_focus
        to after handling the button presses in the TreeView to avoid
        getting multiple selection_changes()
2004-01-15 00:12:23 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 6bf0f14b9c Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-14 23:39:01 +00:00
Christian Neumair b1d2b5ffb2 /tmp/cvs2BtS1V 2004-01-14 21:24:09 +00:00
Alastair McKinstry a933d7e0a3 Update Irish translations 2004-01-14 21:09:53 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 7c57c63bff Documentation fix. (#131335, Theppitak Karoonboonyanan)
Wed Jan 14 21:16:20 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkimcontext.c: Documentation fix.  (#131335, Theppitak
	Karoonboonyanan)
2004-01-14 20:14:30 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6aa252e720 Don't leak name and stock_id. (#131358, Morten Welinder)
Wed Jan 14 21:00:49 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel):
	Don't leak name and stock_id.  (#131358, Morten Welinder)
2004-01-14 20:10:27 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador f759192184 Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-14  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-14 16:59:52 +00:00
GMT 2004 Tony Gale 051d7caf9f Updates to Section 5
Wed Jan 14 13:07:30 GMT 2004  Tony Gale <gale@gtk.org>

        * docs/faq/gtk-faq.sgml: Updates to Section 5
2004-01-14 13:08:55 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ecb75e12b5 Add a writable group property to align with the GtkRadioButton API.
Wed Jan 14 02:34:57 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkradioaction.c: Add a writable group property to align
	with the GtkRadioButton API.  (#129166, Olivier Andrieu)
2004-01-14 01:33:53 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas f85e40e322 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-13  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-13 21:13:05 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem e631a23905 Translation updated by Kees van den Broek.
2004-01-13  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Kees van den Broek.
2004-01-13 15:57:23 +00:00
GMT 2004 Tony Gale d5571613e2 Update info on using autoconf
Tue Jan 13 14:48:27 GMT 2004  Tony Gale <gale@gtk.org>

        * docs/faq/gtk-faq.sgml: Update info on using autoconf
2004-01-13 14:50:35 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 194c808194 Update Czech translation 2004-01-13 14:06:30 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 4a9b25659e Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-13 09:01:43 +00:00
Jody Goldberg c73ab06ef5 Adjust to the new connect_proxy signals.
Mon Jan 12 23:40:34 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* tests/testmerge.c: Adjust to the new connect_proxy signals.

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c
	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c
	* gtk/gtkaction.c: Move the connect_proxy and disconnect_proxy signals
	from GtkAction to GtkActionGroup and proxy it on GtkUIManager. This
	removes the confusion between the disconnect_/connect_proxy signals
	and the (unrelated) virtual functions of the same name and aligns
	the setup with the pre_/post_activate signals.

2004-01-12  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkaction.c (connect_proxy) : only connect activate for menus
	  with no submenus otherwise it looks like we activate every time a
	  submenu opens.

2004-01-10  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (d) : Add a debug macro to quiet the spew.
	s/merge_signals/ui_manager_signals/ for readability.
	(gtk_ui_manager_class_init) : add pre_activate and post_activate
	  signals.
	(cb_proxy_pre_activate) : new.
	(cb_proxy_post_activate) : new.
	(gtk_ui_manager_insert_action_group) : connect the proxies for
	  GtkActionGroup::pre/post_activate
	(gtk_ui_manager_remove_action_group) : disconnect them.

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_class_init) : add
	  'sensitive', and 'visible' properties.  Also add pre_activate and
	  post_activate signals to help deal with activations at a higher
	  level (eg GtkUIManager)
	(gtk_action_group_init) : init sensitive and visible
	(gtk_action_group_set_property) : add sensitive and visible
	(gtk_action_group_get_property) : add sensitive and visible
	(gtk_action_group_get_sensitive) : new.
	(gtk_action_group_get_visible) : new.
	(cb_set_action_sensitivity) : new with minor optimization that only
	  signals sensitivity changes if the action could possibly change.
	(cb_set_action_visiblility) : ditto.
	(gtk_action_group_set_sensitive) : new.  walk the actions directly
	  rather than using notify::sensitive because that is simpler, easier
	  to read, and more efficient.
	(gtk_action_group_set_visible) : ditto.
	(gtk_action_group_add_action) : Each action can only be in 1 group,
	  set GtkAction::action_group.
	(gtk_action_group_remove_action) : clear it.
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full) : warning suppression.
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full) : warning suppression.
	(_gtk_action_group_emit_pre_activate) : new protected routine for use
	  by GtkAction.
	(_gtk_action_group_emit_post_activate) : ditto.

	* gtk/gtkaction.c (gtk_action_class_init) : add 'action_group' property.
	(gtk_action_init) : initialize it.
	(gtk_action_get_property) : get.
	(gtk_action_set_property) : set it via
	(gtk_action_set_action_group) : new function.
	(gtk_action_sync_sensitivity) : new routine to sync proxy sensitivity
	  with the logical sensitivity (action & group) rather than the simple
	  action::sensitivity.
	(gtk_action_sync_visible) : use gtk_action_is_visible to handle
	  logical visibility (action & group) rather than the simple
	  action::visible.  Use widget show/hide directly.
	(connect_proxy) : handle the custom sensitivity handler.
	  Make the TOOL_BUTTON signals more general and support TOOL_ITEM
	  directly, with special cases for TOOL_BUTTON.  Still not especially
	  good it might be useful to handle label/use_underline by parmspec
	  lookup.  Those are likely to be implemented by custom types, and are
	  assumed to exist in GtkToolItem.
	(disconnect_proxy) : disconnect the new sensitivity handler.
	(_gtk_action_emit_activate) : add pre/post signals.
	(gtk_action_activate) : use logical sensitivity.
	(gtk_action_is_sensitive) : logical sensitivity.
	(gtk_action_get_sensitive) : actual sensitivity.
	(closure_accel_activate) : use logical sensitivity.
2004-01-12 22:45:45 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 93bc689cb0 Remove accidentially committed debug spew.
Mon Jan 12 00:10:20 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c: Remove accidentially committed debug spew.
2004-01-11 23:08:13 +00:00
Duarte Loreto 748b249e51 Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-01-11  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-01-11 01:35:51 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 130c18a1ea Remove accidentally committed notification stuff.
Sun Jan 11 01:55:07 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaccelmap.c: Remove accidentally committed notification stuff.
	(gtk_accel_map_lock_path):
	(gtk_accel_map_unlock_path): Path locking can now be nested, a missing
	entry is silently created during lock_path(), and treated as an error
	during unlock_path(). These changes have been requested by Tim Janik.
2004-01-11 01:05:42 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas c458d15779 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-10  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.

2004-01-10  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>
2004-01-10 14:12:07 +00:00
Danilo Šegan dc236f4d5e Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-09 23:14:36 +00:00
Arafat Medini 88ac99bda9 2004.01.09 Arafat Medini <lumina@silverpen.de>
2004.01.09  Arafat Medini <lumina@silverpen.de>

        * ar.po: Updated Arabic translation
2004-01-09 21:43:59 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e57f989137 Introduce a new parser state for accelerator elements to avoid misparsing
Fri Jan  9 22:23:45 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c: Introduce a new parser state for
	accelerator elements to avoid misparsing files containing
	such elements.  (#131035, Morten Welinder)
2004-01-09 21:22:38 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem ca4961cf20 Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-09  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-09 21:01:52 +00:00
Manish Singh 064160009a #include <unistd.h> for unlink()
Fri Jan  9 11:58:47 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c: #include <unistd.h> for unlink()
2004-01-09 20:00:14 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 0375665909 Update Czech translation 2004-01-09 17:44:11 +00:00
GMT 2004 Tony Gale 44a8cb6972 update GtkEntry filter code example
Fri Jan  9 15:28:21 GMT 2004  Tony Gale <gale@gtk.org>

        * docs/faq/gtk-faq.sgml: update GtkEntry filter code example
2004-01-09 15:29:38 +00:00
Sanlig Badral 5c9dfb7bc3 Updated Mongolian translation. 2004-01-09 00:47:55 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f2bb20cc15 New function to obtain a list of toplevel widgets constructed by the ui
Fri Jan  9 00:34:57 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.h:
	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels): New function to
	obtain a list of toplevel widgets constructed by the ui manager.

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.h (GtkUIManagerItemType): Change to flags, so that
	the values can be combined for gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels().

	* tests/testmerge.c: Add a "Dump toplevels" button to test
	gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels().
2004-01-08 23:37:34 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ecceb20a8b Don't use bitwise operators on booleans. (#130923, reported by Telsa
Thu Jan  8 22:01:14 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* queryloaders.c (loader_sanity_check): Don't use bitwise operators
	on booleans.  (#130923, reported by Telsa Gwynne, fix by Dave Jones)
2004-01-08 21:01:21 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu bc494c71f5 Updated Korean translation.
* ko.po: Updated Korean translation.
2004-01-08 15:13:53 +00:00
Dafydd Harries 02298e23e7 Fix a couple of small mistakes in previous commit. 2004-01-08 07:25:46 +00:00
Dafydd Harries 01b4da63fb Welsh translation update by Rhys Jones <rhys@sucs.org> and myself. 2004-01-08 07:22:46 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 512b53765f Fix link in deprecation note.
Thu Jan  8 00:14:02 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/tmpl/gtkmain.sgml (gtk_input_add_full): Fix link in deprecation
	note.
2004-01-07 23:12:32 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5c919e50d3 Add entry_completion.c
Wed Jan  7 23:20:06 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* demos/gtk-demo/Makefile.am (demos): Add entry_completion.c

	* demos/gtk-demo/entry_completion.c: New demo for GtkEntryCompletion
	by Anders Carlsson  (#130464).
2004-01-07 22:19:51 +00:00
Matthias Clasen bdc6765be7 Change the return value from gint to gboolean. (#130718, reported by
Wed Jan  7 23:07:28 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmain.h:
	* gtk/gtkmain.c (gtk_events_pending): Change the return value from
	gint to gboolean.  (#130718, reported by Johannes Weißl)
2004-01-07 22:06:07 +00:00
Matthias Clasen bc3d9ffadf Remove the redundant name and stock_id parameters, adjust all callers.
Wed Jan  7 23:03:32 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.h:
	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel):
	Remove the redundant name and stock_id parameters, adjust all callers.
2004-01-07 22:02:02 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a11e45a1eb Add creation functions for actions.
Wed Jan  7 22:20:20 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaction.h:
	* gtk/gtkaction.c (gtk_action_new):
	* gtk/gtktoggleaction.h:
	* gtk/gtktoggleaction.c (gtk_toggle_action_new):
	* gtk/gtkradioaction.h:
	* gtk/gtkradioaction.c (gtk_radio_action_new): Add creation
	functions for actions.

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_actions_full):
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full):
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full): and use the
	new functions here.  (#125322, Patch by Jeff Frank)
2004-01-07 21:54:33 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 8f5b438e6b Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-07  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-07 21:29:03 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6d665c3a2d Fix a bug reference. 2004-01-07 20:54:44 +00:00
Matthias Clasen c22143c9e0 Fix grammar of docs.
Wed Jan  7 21:42:49 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaccelmap.c (gtk_accel_map_lock_path): Fix grammar of
	docs.
2004-01-07 20:44:07 +00:00
Jan Arne Petersen 77cbf47adf add REMOVABLE column to the shortcuts_model.
2004-01-07  Jan Arne Petersen  <jpetersen@uni-bonn.de>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c: (shortcuts_insert_path),
        (shortcuts_append_home), (shortcuts_append_desktop),
        (shortcuts_append_paths), (shortcuts_add_volumes),
        (shortcuts_append_bookmarks), (create_shortcuts_model),
        (gtk_file_chooser_default_add_shortcut_folder): add REMOVABLE column
        to the shortcuts_model.

        (remove_bookmark_button_clicked_cb),
        (bookmarks_check_remove_sensitivity): use REMOVABLE column to check if
        bookmarks can be removed. Fixes #129873
2004-01-07 17:07:18 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 17ddd27423 Markup fixes - Federico 2004-01-07 03:34:22 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero b421cc4851 Escape an ampersand in the documentation comment, and hack around an empty
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save): Escape an ampersand in the
	documentation comment, and hack around an empty line in the code
	example so that gtk-doc won't put a <para> due to it.
2004-01-07 03:31:21 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 0ee78f89af Link to the documentation section on image data.
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gdk-pixbuf.c (gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels): Link to the documentation
	section on image data.
2004-01-07 03:17:17 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 9d6ed04dff Added a section on how to compute pixel offsets for
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/gdk-pixbuf.sgml: Added a section on how to
compute pixel offsets for gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels().
2004-01-07 03:16:10 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 65fa5b0f98 Fix example in documentation comment. Fixes #130701.
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gdk-pixdata.c (gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline): Fix example in
	documentation comment.  Fixes #130701.
2004-01-07 02:26:35 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5119687ac9 Make s, S, Control-S, p, P, Control-P, i, I, Control-I test
Wed Jan  7 02:50:55 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* demos/testpixbuf-save.c: Make s, S, Control-S, p, P, Control-P,
	i, I, Control-I test gdk_pixbuf_save(), gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer()
	and gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback() with jpeg, png and ico formats,
	respectively. Tests #82203.
2004-01-07 01:59:11 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 638d57cd7e Document GdkPixbufSaveFunc.
Wed Jan  7 01:56:33 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/file-saving.sgml: Document GdkPixbufSaveFunc.

	* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-sections.txt: Add GdkPixbufSaveFunc,
	gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback, gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv,
	gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer and gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv.
2004-01-07 01:58:40 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 03376d79fa New public API to save pixbufs to non-file locations. (#82203, Tim Evans)
Wed Jan  7 02:41:14 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv):
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer):
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv):
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback): New public API
	to save pixbufs to non-file locations.  (#82203, Tim Evans)

	* gdk-pixbuf.h:
	* gdk_pixbuf.def: Declare the new public API.

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.h: Add save_to_callback to the module interface.

	* io-jpeg.c:
	* io-png.c: Implement save_to_callback.

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_savev):
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save): Update documentation.

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_real_save): Support saving via
	image_module->save_to_callback.

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_real_save_to_callback): New generic
	save_to_callback function which falls back to image_module->save
	on a temp file.
2004-01-07 01:57:42 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5b26e695a1 Make it possible to call gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size (loader, 0, 0) by
Wed Jan  7 01:17:36 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_size_func):
	* gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size):
	* gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_init): Make it possible
	to call gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size (loader, 0, 0) by changing
	the initial values of priv->width/height to -1.

	* io-tiff.c (tiff_image_parse):
	* io-ras.c (RAS2State):
	* io-pnm.c (gdk_pixbuf__pnm_image_load_increment):
	* io-pcx.c (gdk_pixbuf__pcx_load_increment):
	* io-jpeg.c (gdk_pixbuf__jpeg_image_load_increment):
	* io-png.c (png_info_callback):
	* io-ico.c (DecodeHeader):
	* io-bmp.c (DecodeHeader): Call size_func once the size is known,
	even if the module can't make use of the scaling information. If
	size_func returns 0, don't allocate a pixbuf and return, if
	necessary with an error.

	* gdk-pixbuf.h:
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info): A new function
	to determine the type and size of an image file without loading
	it completely.  (#53725)
2004-01-07 00:26:58 +00:00
Jody Goldberg 72b7abd535 Call gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical for PROP_VISIBLE_VERTICAL.
2004-01-06  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtktoolitem.c (gtk_tool_item_set_property) : Call
	  gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical for PROP_VISIBLE_VERTICAL.
2004-01-06 20:39:48 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero f9aff042b8 Use 0777 as the mode for mkdir() and let the umask do the right thing.
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesel.c (gtk_file_selection_create_dir_confirmed): Use
	0777 as the mode for mkdir() and let the umask do the right
	thing.  Fixes #121819.
2004-01-06 20:34:47 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 24b50606f9 g_path_skip_root() can return NULL; handle this. Fixes #129565.
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (filename_is_root): g_path_skip_root()
	can return NULL; handle this.  Fixes #129565.
2004-01-06 20:20:43 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac caebaf94cb Update Czech translation 2004-01-06 16:51:03 +00:00
Roozbeh Pournader f13d142420 corrected the wrong date in ChangeLog. 2004-01-06 13:57:08 +00:00
Alexander Winston d93c0df0af Removed space that proceeded the end-of-sentence punctuation. Fixes:
2004-01-06  Alexander Winston  <alexander.winston@comcast.net>

	* gtk/gtkfilesel.c: (gtk_file_selection_delete_file): Removed space
	that proceeded the end-of-sentence punctuation. Fixes: #130353.
2004-01-06 13:52:51 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 96b8f1c176 Oops, call shortcuts_add_bookmarks() here.
2004-01-05  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_append_bookmarks): Oops,
	call shortcuts_add_bookmarks() here.
	(remove_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Ahem, fetch the selected
	iter.
	(shortcuts_append_paths): Don't display error dialogs here.
	(create_file_list): Remove the @#$% rules hint.
2004-01-06 05:13:31 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 50e38e513a New helper function. (toolbar_create): Do not use a toolbar widget, just
2004-01-05  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (toolbar_button_new): New helper
	function.
	(toolbar_create): Do not use a toolbar widget, just an hbox
	instead.  Add the bookmarks buttons and the current folder label
	here.
	(create_filename_entry_and_filter_combo): Create the filter combo
	here.
	(filter_create): Don't show the filter combo initially.
	(up_button_cb): Renamed from toolbar_up_cb().
	(create_shortcuts_buttons): Removed.
2004-01-06 04:18:42 +00:00
Christian Rose d5e0502602 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-06  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-06 01:16:53 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 9bed2357cf Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-05  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-05 20:50:25 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 7007f9f139 Updated Serbian translation, added missing file to POTFILES.in. 2004-01-05 20:24:59 +00:00
Murray Cumming 98e4215828 and a bit more. 2004-01-05 18:28:09 +00:00
Murray Cumming 024b8898d7 Added <public> documentation to the struct, as suggested by Owen Taylor.
2004-01-05  Murray Cumming  <murrayc@usa.net>

        * gdk/gdkimage.h: Added <public> documentation to the struct, as
        suggested by Owen Taylor.
2004-01-05 18:24:08 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 27ca7a08aa Change API so group is a GtkRadioButton, not a GtkWidget.
Sun Jan  4 15:29:04 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.[ch]
	(gtk_radio_tool_button_new_with_stock_from_widget): Change API so
	group is a GtkRadioButton, not a GtkWidget.
2004-01-04 20:00:30 +00:00
Görkem Çetin 7277bf8aff CVS_SILENT 2004-01-04 19:48:39 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 9afcbd2cec Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-04  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-04 17:10:08 +00:00
Hans Breuer 5f98762951 use SWP_NOACTIVATE in gdk_window_set_keep_(above|below) to make DND work
2004-01-04  Hans Breuer  <hans@breuer.org>

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c : use SWP_NOACTIVATE in
	gdk_window_set_keep_(above|below) to make DND work again.
	Thanks to Alif Wahid for noticing.

	* gdk/gdk.def : update externals

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.c : adapt to GtkFileSystemIFace changes

	* gtk/gtk-stock.[hc] gtk/gtkiconfactory.c
	  gtk/stock-icons/Makefile.am gtk/stock-icons/makefile.msc :
	  gtk/stock-icons/stock_harddisk_16.png
	  gtk/stock-icons/stock_harddisk_24.png
	Harddisk stock icons for file system implementations. Beside
	FLOPPY and CDROM there is now HARDDISK, probably some
	GTK_STOCK_NETWORK would be useful, but I could not find one.
2004-01-04 15:45:56 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland 4c2c3d36ae Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-04  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-04 13:35:10 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ab74970131 Turn the pixbuf attributes into (construct-only, but always readable)
Sun Jan  4 00:44:57 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf.c (gdk_pixbuf_class_init): Turn the pixbuf
	attributes into (construct-only, but always readable)
	properties.  (#130196)

	* gdk-pixbuf-data.c (gdk_pixbuf_new_from_data): Set properties
	in g_object_new().
2004-01-03 23:45:06 +00:00
Manish Singh 19c17861c6 Update freedesktop.org clipboard doc link. Patch from Andrew Moise
Sat Jan  3 11:39:42 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkclipboard.c: Update freedesktop.org clipboard doc link.
        Patch from Andrew Moise (#130462).
2004-01-03 19:43:54 +00:00
Roozbeh Pournader fdccf6b143 Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-03  Roozbeh Pournader  <roozbeh@sharif.edu>

	* fa.po: Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-03 14:21:33 +00:00
Duarte Loreto 115203fc9d Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-01-03  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-01-03 02:42:54 +00:00
Jody Goldberg 9acc941959 add visible_horizontal, visible_vertical. (gtk_action_class_init) : here.
2004-01-01  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkaction.c (_GtkActionPrivate) : add visible_horizontal,
	  visible_vertical.
	(gtk_action_class_init) : here.
	(gtk_action_init) : here.
	(gtk_action_set_property) : here.
	(gtk_action_get_property) : here.
	(connect_proxy) : and here.

2003-12-30  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel) :  new
	  utility routine for use in derived GtkActions with the replicated code
	  from.
	(gtk_action_group_add_actions_full) : here.
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full) : here.
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full) : and here.

2003-12-24  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.h : Add some const to the char * in
	  GtkActionEntry*.  We're reccomending people pass static strings to
	  them, and not freeing them.  This stems to flood of warnings that
	  result.
	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_actions_full) : change
	  temp vars to const to match above.
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full) : ditto.
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full) : ditto.
2004-01-02 23:14:28 +00:00
Tivo Leedjrv df6a099ea9 Updated Estonian translation.
2004-01-02  Tivo Leedjrv  <toivo@linux.ee>

        * et.po: Updated Estonian translation.
2004-01-02 21:56:30 +00:00
Christophe Merlet aa06a9d380 Updated French translation. 2004-01-02 18:52:39 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 6063eb1ad6 Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-02 15:16:43 +00:00
Alessio Frusciante 2331d1a8f2 Updated Italian translation. 2004-01-02 11:34:49 +00:00
Taneem Ahmed d87cc469b0 Added "bn" to ALL_LINGUAS. Added Bangla translation by of Ankur group
2004-01-01  Taneem Ahmed  <taneem@bengalinux.org>

	* configure.in: Added "bn" to ALL_LINGUAS.
	* po/bn.po: Added Bangla translation by
	of Ankur group <gnome-translation@bengalinux.org>.
2004-01-02 02:58:30 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 194c2550f6 Changes to support week_start values other than 0 and 1, e.g. 6 will let
Fri Jan  2 02:50:11 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_compute_days):
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_paint_day_names):
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_init): Changes to support
	week_start values other than 0 and 1, e.g. 6 will let weeks start
	on Saturday.  (#130353, Roozbeh Pournader)
2004-01-02 01:52:04 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador dfcf1818c7 Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-01  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-01 19:17:29 +00:00
Roozbeh Pournader 03c121052c Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-01  Roozbeh Pournader  <roozbeh@sharif.edu>

	* fa.po: Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-01 17:41:08 +00:00
Roozbeh Pournader 7164136d62 Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-01  Roozbeh Pournader  <roozbeh@sharif.edu>

	* fa.po: Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-01 15:43:41 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland 24cc18f9a7 Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-01  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-01 13:31:27 +00:00
Denis Lackovic aaa44fc877 *** empty log message *** 2004-01-01 10:32:18 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 2cf1b4e5d2 Update Czech translation 2004-01-01 01:56:25 +00:00
Denis Lackovic d298a9ae91 *** empty log message *** 2004-01-01 00:18:16 +00:00
13:49 Daniel Rogers a5f2118818 Fix to allow reasonable pointer behavior in window mode when an extended
2003-12-31 13:49 Daniel Rogers <dsrogers@phasevelocity.org>

        * gdk/x11/gdkinput-x11.c: (gdk_input_translate_coordinates)

        Fix to allow reasonable pointer behavior in window mode when an
        extended input device reports an incorrect resolution of 0.
Fixes
        bug #123546
2003-12-31 22:00:21 +00:00
Christian Neumair 5300b92170 Updated German translation. 2003-12-31 16:04:23 +00:00
Christian Neumair 0e08ebc7d4 Use ngettext for plurals (#123847). 2003-12-31 16:02:22 +00:00
Zygimantas Berucka 88ca97c8af Updated Lithuanian translation by Tomas Kuliavas.
2003-12-31  Zygimantas Berucka  <uid0@tuxfamily.org>

* lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation by Tomas Kuliavas.
2003-12-31 09:30:11 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e902118f0f Pull accelerator key from the stock item if stock_id is given, but
Wed Dec 31 02:05:39 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_actions_full):
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full):
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full): Pull accelerator key
	from the stock item if stock_id is given, but accelerator
	not.  (Noticed by Jeff Franks and Jody Goldberg)

	* tests/testmerge.c: Remove the accelerator from the "Open" entry
	to test the above change.
2003-12-31 01:05:57 +00:00
Denis Lackovic cf60a59874 croatian translations updated 2003-12-30 19:50:43 +00:00
Denis Lackovic 25363d3d9b croatian translations updated 2003-12-30 19:39:58 +00:00
cinamod 16f9478ee3 toward bug 853775 2003-12-30 17:22:30 +00:00
cinamod 7b61ec8c3b fix bug 852354 2003-12-30 16:44:40 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 700335123a Make show_all() work for the extra and preview widgets; reported by Paolo
2003-12-29  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Make show_all() work for the extra and preview widgets; reported
	by Paolo Maggi.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (set_preview_widget): show_all() the
	preview widget.
	(set_extra_widget): show_all() the extra widget.
2003-12-29 20:55:01 +00:00
Duarte Loreto b23ce53ca6 Fixed typo thanks to Gustavo N. Silva.
2003-12-29  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Fixed typo thanks to Gustavo N. Silva.
2003-12-29 18:45:16 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 912b0944dc Add GDK_THREADS_ENTER()/GDK_THREADS_LEAVE() pairs around idle functions.
Mon Dec 29 12:22:22 2003  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (do_updates):
	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (slide_idle_handler):
	* gtk/gtkdnd.c (gtk_drag_update_idle):

	Add GDK_THREADS_ENTER()/GDK_THREADS_LEAVE() pairs around idle
	functions. (#130157, patch from Olexiy Avramchenko).
2003-12-29 11:35:43 +00:00
Anders Carlsson 90646daf19 Update my e-mail address.
2003-12-29  Anders Carlsson  <andersca@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:
	* gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.h:
	* gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:
	* gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.h:
	* gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:
	* gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.h:
	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c:
	* gtk/gtktoolbar.h:
	* gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:
	* gtk/gtktoolbutton.h:
	* gtk/gtktoolitem.c:
	* gtk/gtktoolitem.h:
	Update my e-mail address.
2003-12-29 10:55:53 +00:00
Görkem Çetin ea785246b3 CVS_SILENT 2003-12-29 09:49:38 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a5c30a3aca Add a way to lock individual accelerator paths. (#73207, reported by Havoc
Mon Dec 29 01:36:22 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaccelmap.[hc]: (gtk_accel_map_lock_path,
	gtk_accel_map_unlock_path): Add a way to lock individual accelerator
	paths.  (#73207, reported by Havoc Pennington)
2003-12-29 00:38:50 +00:00
Christian Rose d2e576787c Updated Croatian translation by Robert Sedak <robert.sedak@sk.tel.hr>.
2003-12-29  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* hr.po: Updated Croatian translation by
	Robert Sedak <robert.sedak@sk.tel.hr>.
2003-12-28 23:32:10 +00:00
Görkem Çetin bcd4faf05c CVS_SILENT 2003-12-28 21:03:39 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann df9e4fa8b5 use CHILD_VISIBLE instead of VISIBLE to determine whether we should stop
Sat Dec 27 23:17:56 2003  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (slide_idle_handler): use CHILD_VISIBLE
	instead of VISIBLE to determine whether we should stop
	sliding. (#130018, reported by Christian Persch).
2003-12-27 22:19:33 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland 2c15dd6ac4 Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2003-12-27  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2003-12-26 23:36:17 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a64ce01213 Don't use first_action without initializing it if n_entries is 0.
Fri Dec 26 23:24:35 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full):
	Don't use first_action without initializing it if n_entries is 0.
2003-12-26 22:23:50 +00:00
Gustavo Noronha Silva 11198a1d92 finalized updated.
2003-12-25  Gustavo Noronha Silva  <kov@debian.org>

	* pt_BR.po: finalized updated.
2003-12-25 04:52:38 +00:00
Duarte Loreto d434ebe634 Updated Portuguese translation.
2003-12-25  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation.
2003-12-25 04:19:21 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 8a15fe283b Add the missing _get_ to the name of the non-Xcursor version of this
Thu Dec 25 00:26:34 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c (gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size):
	Add the missing _get_ to the name of the non-Xcursor version of
	this function.  (noticed by Torsten Schoenfeld)
2003-12-24 23:28:14 +00:00
Manish Singh 874c2ce9cc fix GTK_TYPE_ICON_INFO macro, reported by muppet.
Tue Dec 23 22:34:50 2003  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkicontheme.h: fix GTK_TYPE_ICON_INFO macro, reported by
        muppet.
2003-12-24 06:32:28 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5a76c23600 Add GtkClipboardTargetReceivedFunc, gtk_clipboard_request_targets() and
Wed Dec 24 01:12:53 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkclipboard.[hc]: Add GtkClipboardTargetReceivedFunc,
	gtk_clipboard_request_targets() and
	gtk_clipboard_wait_for_targets().  (#101774, Dom Lachowicz)
2003-12-24 00:14:15 +00:00
Gustavo Noronha Silva f3c77419cf semi-updated translation.
2003-12-23  Gustavo Noronha Silva  <kov@debian.org>

	* pt_BR.po: semi-updated translation.
2003-12-23 04:44:21 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 5d39ad51a3 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2003-12-22 19:30:10 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 1d8bfb8671 Updated 2003-12-22 19:28:34 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 661542ccea Fix building with --disable-modules --with-included-loaders, create an
Mon Dec 22 01:35:36 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* Makefile.am (gdk-pixbuf.loaders): Fix building with
	--disable-modules --with-included-loaders, create an
	empty gdk-pixbuf.loaders file.  (#124496, Arno Charlet, fix
	proposed by Owen Taylor)
2003-12-22 00:37:04 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5bacfe3936 Use gtk_paint_arrow instead of draw_arrow_left/draw_arrow_right. Removed.
Mon Dec 22 00:40:39 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_paint_arrow): Use
	gtk_paint_arrow instead of draw_arrow_left/draw_arrow_right.
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (draw_arrow_left):
	(draw_arrow_right): Removed.
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_realize_arrows):
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_state_changed): Set the
	arrow_state to GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE if the calendar is
	insensitive.  (#97376)
2003-12-21 23:41:26 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6a6455d7e3 Fix memory leaks caused by the failure to free the result of
Sun Dec 21 23:17:01 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (update_node):
	(update_smart_separators):
	(_gtk_menu_is_empty):
	(find_menu_position):
	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_search_dialog_destroy):
	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_relayout_item):
	(gtk_combo_box_relayout): Fix memory leaks caused by the
	failure to free the result of gtk_container_get_children().
	(#127576, Yao Zhang)
2003-12-21 22:28:14 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann d2e744ca52 Set the right properties when the window becomes a toplevel. When a window
Sun Dec 21 17:34:22 2003  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (gdk_window_reparent): Set the right
	properties when the window becomes a toplevel. When a window that
	was previously a toplevel becomes a toplevel again, restore its
	window type. Also make sure the focus window is removed from the
	XID hash when it is destroyed. (#117579, reported by Morten
	Welinder, patch reviewed by Owen Taylor).
2003-12-21 16:37:43 +00:00
Matthias Clasen b21fe1745c New function to emit the "cancel" signal on a menu shell.
Sun Dec 21 01:54:40 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmenushell.h:
	* gtk/gtkmenushell.c (gtk_menu_shell_cancel): New function
	to emit the "cancel" signal on a menu shell.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_key_press):
	* gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c (gtk_option_menu_remove_menu):
	* gtk/gtkmenubar.c (_gtk_menu_bar_cycle_focus): Use the
	new function instead of directly emitting the
	signal.  (#81803, Owen Taylor)
2003-12-21 00:59:46 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f3faa16dab Fix the "language_set" blurb. (#129720, Christian Rose)
Sun Dec 21 00:39:50 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init):
	Fix the "language_set" blurb.  (#129720, Christian Rose)
2003-12-20 23:43:30 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 5f65142b3c do not invalidate all of treeview when resizing (#110074, patch from
Sat Dec 20 22:06:03 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_size_allocate): do not invalidate
	all of treeview when resizing (#110074, patch from Soeren Sandmann).
2003-12-20 21:08:24 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador 807bce8170 Updated Spanish translation.
2003-12-20  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2003-12-20 14:30:14 +00:00
Christian Rose 8b3aabbadb Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-20  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-20 08:44:33 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem f63976e389 Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-20   Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-20 00:57:57 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 2f4326e406 Fixes #108458.
Fri Dec 19 23:36:00 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Fixes #108458.

	* gtk/gtkcelllayout.[ch]: added a reorder method.

	* gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c (gtk_tree_view_column_cell_layout_init),
	(gtk_tree_view_column_cell_layout_reorder): implement reorder.

	* gtk/gtkcellview.c (gtk_cell_view_cell_layout_init),
	(gtk_cell_view_cell_layout_reorder): ditto.

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_init),
	(gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_reorder): ditto.

	* gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c (gtk_entry_completion_cell_layout_init),
	(gtk_entry_completion_reorder): ditto.
2003-12-19 22:47:20 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 30d9f88996 use strstr instead of strcmp (#117127, suggestion from Soeren Sandmann).
Fri Dec 19 22:18:19 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_search_equal_func): use strstr
	instead of strcmp (#117127, suggestion from Soeren Sandmann).
2003-12-19 21:21:12 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 8a834dce94 move item insertion logic here from gtk_menu_real_insert(),
Fri Dec 19 21:52:46 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_do_insert): move item insertion logic
	here from gtk_menu_real_insert(),
	(gtk_menu_real_insert): just call gtk_menu_do_insert(),
	(gtk_menu_reorder_child): run _do_insert after inserting the child
	(unbreaks _reorder_child, reported by Tim Janik).
2003-12-19 20:56:19 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero f615072cde Use g_date_strftime() for UTF-8 correctness; use Julian dates to simplify
2003-12-19  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (list_mtime_data_func): Use
	g_date_strftime() for UTF-8 correctness; use Julian dates to
	simplify the function.
2003-12-19 17:38:54 +00:00
Christian Neumair fc3b98b2c2 /tmp/cvsgA8OQj 2003-12-19 16:31:52 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 2e3bc126fd Updated Serbian translation. 2003-12-19 16:00:34 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 31637e1fc5 Test extra_width, not extra_height, when determining whether to set
Fri Dec 19 01:47:34 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c (gtk_scrolled_window_size_request):
	Test extra_width, not extra_height, when determining whether to
	set extra_width.  (#129647, Jan Arne Petersen)
2003-12-19 00:47:26 +00:00
Matthias Clasen d99c68a6f5 Add a bug number 2003-12-19 00:41:00 +00:00
Matthias Clasen bc5d7efe97 Fix the behaviour of insensitive actions, which was broken when
Fri Dec 19 01:35:34 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Fix the behaviour of insensitive actions, which was broken
	when gtk_action_activate() was changed to pay attention to
	sensitivity  (#129557, Christian Persch)

	* gtk/gtkaction.h:
	* gtk/gtkaction.c (_gtk_action_emit_activate): New auxiliary
	function to emit an activate signal without regard to sensitivity.

	* gtk/gtkradioaction.c:
	* gtk/gtktoggleaction.c: Always use _gtk_action_emit_activate()
	instead of gtk_action_activate().
2003-12-19 00:39:10 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 4d9e9afdc1 Fixes #110249, reworked patch from Joshua N Pritikin.
Thu Dec 18 19:13:12 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Fixes #110249, reworked patch from Joshua N Pritikin.

	* gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c (gtk_tree_model_sort_get_type),
	(gtk_tree_model_sort_tree_drag_source_init),
	(gtk_tree_model_sort_row_draggable),
	(gtk_tree_model_sort_drag_data_get),
	(gtk_tree_model_sort_drag_data_delete): implement GtkTreeDragSource.

	* gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c (gtk_tree_model_filter_get_type),
	(gtk_tree_model_filter_tree_drag_source_init),
	(gtk_tree_model_filter_row_draggable),
	(gtk_tree_model_filter_drag_data_get),
	(gtk_tree_model_filter_drag_data_delete): ditto.
2003-12-18 18:19:05 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac c5dd510d3f Update Czech translation 2003-12-18 17:21:28 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld dad34f29b2 add key bindings for "*" and "/" (expand/collapse all). (#110195, reported
Thu Dec 18 18:01:01 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_class_init): add key bindings
	for "*" and "/" (expand/collapse all). (#110195, reported by
	Calum Benson).
2003-12-18 17:03:42 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 10b2c91b23 clear the extra_attrs list if we set "text" after "markup". (Fixes
Thu Dec 18 17:52:56 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_property):
	clear the extra_attrs list if we set "text" after "markup".
	(Fixes #121933, Federico Mena Quintero).
2003-12-18 16:55:58 +00:00
Alexander Larsson 0fe8b2d6d5 Fix typo that used the wrong x/y values for the x1, y1 point
2003-12-18  Alexander Larsson  <alexl@redhat.com>

	* gtk/gtkicontheme.c (gtk_icon_info_get_embedded_rect):
	Fix typo that used the wrong x/y values for the x1, y1 point
2003-12-18 16:08:01 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld bc6e2d5563 added language and language_set properties like GtkTextTag has. (#103800,
Thu Dec 18 01:41:50 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_finalize),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_get_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_property), (get_layout): added language
	and language_set properties like GtkTextTag has. (#103800, reported
	by Owen Taylor).
2003-12-18 00:44:37 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 3050f437c5 Correct misleading docs. Add docs for the "activate" signal. (#129358,
Thu Dec 18 01:37:59 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_activate): Correct misleading docs.
	* gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_class_init): Add docs for the
	"activate" signal.  (#129358, Ka-Hing Cheung)
2003-12-18 00:39:17 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 66def98927 Jonathan got the logical flag backwards in the expand_collapse_cursor_row
Thu Dec 18 01:21:59 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_class_init): Jonathan got
	the logical flag backwards in the expand_collapse_cursor_row
	bindings, fixing.
	(gtk_tree_view_real_expand_collapse_cursor_row): invert expand
	flag when !logical and in RTL. (Fixes #107527, reported by
	Noah Levitt).
2003-12-18 00:25:11 +00:00
Christian Rose 127e80d7b6 Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-18  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-18 00:24:01 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 1df3e42fd0 Add gtk_message_dialog_set_markup
Thu Dec 18 01:24:35 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_message_dialog_set_markup
2003-12-18 00:23:21 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 0b3fa61b7e only start editing when activated by the left mouse button. (#106869,
Thu Dec 18 01:10:16 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_button_press): only start
	editing when activated by the left mouse button. (#106869,
	patch from Evan Martin).
2003-12-18 00:12:31 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld c43efa516f Migrating all cell renderers to use the new instance private data
Thu Dec 18 00:57:18 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Migrating all cell renderers to use the new instance private data
	construction.

	* gtk/gtktreeprivate.h: remove GtkCellRendererInfo, as it is no
	longer being used.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c (gtk_cell_renderer_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_class_init), (gtk_cell_renderer_get_property),
	(set_cell_bg_color), (gtk_cell_renderer_render): remove old
	GtkCellRendererInfo handling, migrate to instance private data.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_editing_done),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_start_editing): moved focus_out_id
	from GtkCellRendererInfo to text renderer private data.

	* gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c (gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_finalize),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_get_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_set_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_create_stock_pixbuf),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_get_size), (gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_render):
	migrate to instance private data.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c (gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_class_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_render): migrate to instance private data.
2003-12-18 00:06:43 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 62a15f2ae1 add a single-paragraph-mode property, use private instance data. (Fixes
Thu Dec 18 00:24:32 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_get_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_property), (get_layout): add a
	single-paragraph-mode property, use private instance data.
	(Fixes #114943, reported by Morten Welinder).
2003-12-17 23:30:36 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 4891296311 now deprecated (#106953, reported by Matthias Clasen).
Thu Dec 18 00:07:01 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreemodel.h (gtk_tree_path_new_root),
	(gtk_tree_model_get_iter_root): now deprecated (#106953, reported
	by Matthias Clasen).
2003-12-17 23:09:27 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld e6e76e1cac if we set a new stock_id and there was a previous stock_id, unref the
Wed Dec 17 23:50:56 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c (gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_set_property):
	if we set a new stock_id and there was a previous stock_id, unref
	the pixbuf (since it was used to renderer the previous stock_id
	and stock_id might have been set to NULL now). (Fixes #122966).
2003-12-17 22:56:27 +00:00
Marco Pesenti Gritti 3ea41a9212 Check that index is not bigger than level array length also when depth is
2003-12-17  Marco Pesenti Gritti  <marco@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c: (gtk_tree_model_sort_get_iter):

        Check that index is not bigger than level array length
        also when depth is 1. Now get_iter_first correctly return
        FALSE when the model is empty (#129411).
2003-12-17 22:47:55 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld b1187d9e0e only try to strcmp or strlen if we managed to normalize and casefold the
Wed Dec 17 23:31:19 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_search_equal_func): only
	try to strcmp or strlen if we managed to normalize and casefold
	the string correctly. Fixes crashes with non-UTF8 strings.
	(#121617, Patch from Tim-Philipp Müller).
2003-12-17 22:33:54 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 2a136e56b8 Add missing GDK_THREADS_ENTER()/GDK_THREADS_LEAVE(). Cast second argument
Wed Dec 17 23:20:23 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkexpander.c (gtk_expander_animation_timeout): Add missing
	GDK_THREADS_ENTER()/GDK_THREADS_LEAVE().
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c, gtk/gtkclist.c, gtk/gtkexpander.c,
	gtk/gtklist.c, gtk/gtknotebook.c, gtk/gtkselection.c,
	gtk/gtkspinbutton.c: Cast second argument to g_timeout_add() to
	GSourceFunc instead of GtkFunction.  (#129525, Olexiy Avramchenko)
2003-12-17 22:23:32 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld d1f4899fc7 fix compile warning. (#122727, patch from Kjartan Maraas).
Wed Dec 17 23:16:45 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_button_press): fix compile warning.
	(#122727, patch from Kjartan Maraas).
2003-12-17 22:18:43 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld f219093fd2 Yay! Fixed height mode! Hooray! (Part 2 of #80868).
Wed Dec 17 21:23:01 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Yay! Fixed height mode! Hooray! (Part 2 of #80868).

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_class_init),
	(gtk_tree_view_init), (gtk_tree_view_set_property),
	(gtk_tree_view_get_property), (gtk_tree_view_set_model): add a
	fixed_height_mode property,
	(intialize_fixed_height_mode), (do_validate_rows),
	(column_sizing_notify), (gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode),
	(gtk_tree_view_style_set), (gtk_tree_view_row_changed),
	(gtk_tree_view_row_inserted), (gtk_tree_view_remove_column),
	(gtk_tree_view_insert_column): implement fixed height mode,
	(gtk_tree_view_append_column), (gtk_tree_view_insert_column),
	(gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes),
	(gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func): update docs.

	* gtk/gtktreeprivate.h: add two fields to GtkTreePrivate.
2003-12-17 20:29:43 +00:00
Murray Cumming c64c7ee080 Actually call the default signal handlers instead of calling the
2003-12-07  Murray Cumming  <murrayc@usa.net>

        * gtk/gtktreemodel.c:
        (row_inserted_marshal, row_deleted_marshal, rows_reorderered_marshal)
        Actually call the default signal handlers instead of calling the
        marshallers themselves in an endless loop. These default signal handler
        callbacks are not actually set so this is only noticed by gtkmm at
        the moment. Bug 123923.
2003-12-17 17:52:47 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 8baf8571b5 Added a "volumes-changed" signal. Added the following methods:
2003-12-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.h (struct _GtkFileSystemIface): Added a
	"volumes-changed" signal.  Added the following methods:
		list_volumes
		volume_free
		volume_get_base_path
		volume_get_is_mounted
		volume_mount
		volume_get_display_name
		volume_render_icon

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.c (gtk_file_system_base_init): Create the
	"volumes-changed" signal.
	(gtk_file_system_list_volumes): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_free): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_get_base_path): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_get_is_mounted): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_mount): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_get_display_name): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_render_icon): New function.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (gtk_file_system_unix_volume_free): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_get_base_path): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_get_is_mounted): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_mount): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_get_display_name): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_render_icon): Implement.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (struct _GtkFileChooserDefault):
	Added a field for the "volumes-changed" signal connection.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_property): Connect to
	"volumes-changed" on the file system.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_finalize): Disconnect from
	"volumes-changed".

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_remove_rows): New helper
	function.
	(shortcuts_get_index): New helper function.
	(shortcuts_insert_path): Can now insert volumes as well as paths.
	(shortcuts_append_paths): Don't take is_file_system_root.
	(shortcuts_add_volumes): New function.
	(shortcuts_append_file_system_roots): Removed.
	(create_shortcuts_model): Use shortcuts_add_volumes().
	(remove_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Check that the index is
	within range.
	(bookmarks_check_add_sensitivity): Take volumes into account.
	(shortcuts_get_selected_index): New helper function.
	(remove_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Use
	shortcuts_get_selected_index().
	(bookmarks_check_remove_sensitivity): Likewise.
	(shortcuts_select_func): Likewise.
	(shortcuts_row_activated_cb): Handle volumes as well as normal
	paths.
	(shortcuts_activate_volume): New function.
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Removed the bookmarks_set and
	bookmarks_iter fields.
	(shortcuts_append_bookmarks): Use shortcuts_remove_rows().
	(bookmarks_changed_cb): Use shortcuts_add_bookmarks().
	(remove_bookmark_rows): Removed.
	(shortcuts_add_bookmarks): New function; moved most of the code
	over from shortcuts_append_bookmarks().
	(shortcuts_append_bookmarks): Add the separator node here, and
	then call shortcuts_add_bookmarks().
2003-12-17 05:55:16 +00:00
Manish Singh 6b80f394a5 fix preprocessor conditional confusion. (G_OS_UNIX/G_OS_WIN32 stuff)
Tue Dec 16 15:01:10 2003  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c: fix preprocessor conditional confusion.
        (G_OS_UNIX/G_OS_WIN32 stuff)
2003-12-16 22:58:58 +00:00
Christian Rose fc4da568a9 Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-16  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-16 21:42:13 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 27cd490e79 Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-16  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>

	* sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-16 04:55:32 +00:00
Matthias Clasen fbb0ba1a3b Do not interpret distant clicks as double-clicks (#116541, Bernhard
Tue Dec 16 01:46:46 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Do not interpret distant clicks as double-clicks  (#116541,
	Bernhard Walle):

	* gdk/gdkdisplay.h (struct GdkDisplay): Add new fields
	double_click_distance, button_x and button_y.
	* gdk/gdkdisplay.c (gdk_display_init): Initialize the new fields.

	* gdk/gdkdisplay.h:
	* gdk/gdkevents.c (gdk_display_set_double_click_distance):
	New function to set the double click distance on a display.

	* gdk/gdkevents.c: Take double click distance into account
	when generating single, double or triple clicks.

	* gtk/gtksettings.c: Add new setting "gtk-double-click-distance".

	* gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c: Add the XSetting
	"Net/DoubleClickDistance" and map it to "gtk-double-click-distance".
2003-12-16 00:56:48 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 69c2585f0d Sigh, revert the change.
2003-12-15  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkdialog.c: Sigh, revert the change.
2003-12-15 22:03:15 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 7054ddccd8 Removed. (gtk_dialog_close): Don't call dialog_has_cancel(). At least
2003-12-15  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkdialog.c (dialog_has_cancel): Removed.
	(gtk_dialog_close): Don't call dialog_has_cancel().  At least
	allows sane behavior for #101293.
2003-12-15 21:47:50 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 64687f7108 Update Czech translation 2003-12-15 11:41:52 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador d403dd8021 *es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2003-12-15  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	*es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2003-12-15 09:46:12 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 1b0e9f4b13 Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-15  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>

	* sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-15 08:04:53 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e78f5232e6 Add gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment. Mon Dec 15 01:03:08 2003 Matthias Clasen
Mon Dec 15 01:03:08 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment.
Mon Dec 15 01:03:08 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment.
2003-12-15 00:02:00 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 3fe038b505 Add new properties, xalign and yalign, with getter and setter
Mon Dec 15 00:56:54 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkbutton.[hc]: Add new properties, xalign and yalign, with
	getter and setter gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment(), to set the
	alignment of the child.  (#70961, Jody Goldberg)
2003-12-15 00:00:19 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas d5da808188 Updated Norwegian translation.
2003-12-14  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2003-12-14 20:38:02 +00:00
Hans Breuer 4acd98a836 handle GTK_DATADIR similar as the other filesystem placement 'constants'
2003-12-14  Hans Breuer  <hans@breuer.org>

	* gtk/gtkprivate.h gtk/gtkmain.c : handle GTK_DATADIR
	similar as the other filesystem placement 'constants' (dynamic
	resolving on win32)

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c : handle file system to win32
	renaming here as will
	* gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.c : implement render_icon

	* gtk/gtk.def gdk/gdk.def : updated externals

	* gdk/win32/gdkdisplay-win32.c : make it compile without
	<multimon.h> - i.e. even older sdk

	* gdk/win32/gdkevents-win32.c : match resize_timer_proc
	with TIMERPROC prototype

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c : older msvc does not know
	BITMAPV5HEADER (from win xp) either

	* gtk/gtkimmodule.c : make it compile even if GTK_LOCALEDIR is
	not defined

	* tests/testfilechooser.c : recent GLib crashes on
	g_print ("%s", NULL) so avoid this
2003-12-14 19:03:02 +00:00
Updated ja.po. T.Aihana 6857ba4929 2003-12-14 Updated ja.po. T.Aihana <aihana@gnome.gr.jp> 2003-12-14 08:42:38 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 5ad2fd918a Calls to OpenClipboard() must be followed by calls to CloseClipboard().
2003-12-14  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkselection-win32.c: Calls to OpenClipboard() must be
	followed by calls to CloseClipboard(). Add a missing call to
	CloseClipboard(). Found by Adam Wright, fixes #104944. Use
	API_CALL macro in more places.
2003-12-14 02:20:14 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 5cd59c1cbc Merge from stable:
2003-12-14  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	Merge from stable:

	* gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c: Mark default_display static.

	* gdk/win32/gdkdnd-win32.c: Mark current_dest_drag static.

	* gdk/win32/gdkkeys-win32.c: Disable some overly verbose debugging
	output.

	* gdk/win32/gdkevents-win32.c: Clean up the debugging output from
	--gdk-debug=events. In general, output just one line of debugging
	output for each Windows message, plus one line for each GDK event
	generated. Indent all lines according to window procedure nesting
	level.

	(inner_window_procedure): Rename from real_window_procedure.

	(find_real_window_for_grabbed_mouse_event): Don't get misled when
	the point is in the non-client (decoration) area of the window
	returned by WindowFromPoint(). Return the root window in that
	case.

	(build_pointer_event_state): Test also MK_XBUTTON1 and
	MK_XBUTTON2 (buttons 4 and 5).

	(synthesize_enter_event): Track the mouse leaving the window in
	the event being generated, not the one mentioned in the Windows
	message.

	(propagate): Test for NULL parent earlier. Improves event
	generation from a grabbed pointer. Part of fix for #107320.

	(handle_stuff_while_moving_or_resizing): New function, to
	dispatch the main loop (once).

	(resize_timer_proc): New function, set to be called by an inerval
	timer during resizes/moves. Calls handle_stuff_while_moving_or_resizing().

	(gdk_event_translate): Drop unused return_exposes parameter.

	Handle WM_XBUTTONDOWN and UP messages (buttons 4 and 5).

	On WM_SYSKEYUP, generate a key release event also for just the Alt
	key.

	On WM_MOUSELEAVE, generate a leave event of type
	GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR (and not UNKNOWN) if the mouse left a
	top-level window, and left the app completely.

	On WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE, set a flag, and start an interval timer that
	calls resize_timer_proc() at regular intervals. On
	WM_EXITSIZEMOVE, kill the timer.

	On WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED, generate a configure event if necessary,
	and dispatch the main loop (by calling
	handle_stuff_while_moving_or_resizing()). Fixes #99540, idea by
	Herman Bloggs.

	* gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c (_gdk_win32_message_to_string): Handle
	also wintab messages.

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c (gdk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint):
	Instead of using WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, implement by setting/unsetting
	the window's owner. Fixes #118093, reported by Maxime Romano.
2003-12-14 01:57:54 +00:00
Tim Evans d858f3b514 Implement gdk_window_set_icon_list() for Win32, with support for big and
Tue Dec  8 09:41:00 2003  Tim Evans  <t.evans@aranz.com>

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.[ch]: Implement
	gdk_window_set_icon_list() for Win32, with support for big and
	small icons and support for alpha-channel icons under Windows
	XP. Replaces the previous implementation of gdk_window_set_icon().
	(#128762)
2003-12-14 01:06:56 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 1014c413c5 Rename from _gdk_x11_register_event_type(), added API docs.
Sun Dec 14 01:28:23 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk/x11/gdkprivate-x11.h:
	* gdk/x11/gdkx.h:
	* gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c (gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type):
	Rename from _gdk_x11_register_event_type(), added API docs.
	* gdk/x11/gdkinput-x11.c (_gdk_input_common_init):
	* gdk/x11/gdkimage-x11.c (_gdk_windowing_image_init): Adjust
	all callers.  (#121471, Bill Haneman)
2003-12-14 00:28:57 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e0fe66ee83 Document that the clip mask of gc is ignored. (#101983, Sebastian Rittau)
Sat Dec 13 23:37:50 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk/gdkdraw.c (gdk_draw_pixbuf): Document that the clip mask
	of gc is ignored.  (#101983, Sebastian Rittau)
2003-12-13 22:45:25 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f83b5f37c9 Add stock_dialog_authentication_48.png. (#129255, Olivier Andrieu)
Sat Dec 13 22:37:46 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/Makefile.am (HTML_IMAGES): Add
	stock_dialog_authentication_48.png.  (#129255, Olivier Andrieu)
2003-12-13 21:37:32 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 5f3cde77ba A trick for a faster treeview, step 1. Patch to short circuit
Sat Dec 13 16:13:27 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	A trick for a faster treeview, step 1. Patch to short circuit
	_build_tree(), inspired by Jonathan (#80868).

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_init): don't put _IS_LIST in
	flags by default,
	(gtk_tree_view_build_tree): don't even try to recurse when the
	model says that it is a list, remove flag unsetter,
	(gtk_tree_view_set_model): change flag setting logic.

	* gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c (gtk_tree_model_sort_get_flags):
	propagate whether or not the child model has _IS_LIST set.

	* gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c (gtk_tree_model_filter_get_flags):
	ditto.
2003-12-13 15:20:28 +00:00
Christian Rose cf98c97946 Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-13  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-13 13:19:25 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador 8cbe8983fe Updated Spanish translation
2003-12-13  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation
2003-12-13 11:26:22 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6326e9df0f Undo the last change, since it broke logical keynav. Fix stepper direction
Sat Dec 13 02:33:17 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkrange.c (gtk_range_scroll): Undo the last change,
	since it broke logical keynav.
	* gtk/gtkrange.c (range_get_scroll_for_grab): Fix stepper
	direction in inverted scrollbars here instead.
2003-12-13 01:33:17 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 802e094bd3 Implement "gravity" for RTL mode in a better way: Keep the distance from
Sat Dec 13 00:39:24 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkviewport.c (viewport_set_hadjustment_values): Implement
	"gravity" for RTL mode in a better way: Keep the distance from
	the upper end of the page to the upper bound constant. This also
	fixes problems with the initial position of the viewport in RTL
	mode.  (#129063)
2003-12-12 23:40:58 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 375ccb28b3 Combo box flipping support.
Fri Dec 12 21:00:12 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Combo box flipping support.

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_menu_position),
	(gtk_combo_box_size_allocate): support RTL flipping (#126518,
	patch from Matthias Clasen),
	(gtk_combo_box_popup): fix popup window alignment if there's a
	cell view frame visible (#126518, patch from Semion Chichelnitsky).

	* gtk/gtkcellview.c (gtk_cell_view_expose): support RTL flipping
	(#128348, patch from Semion Chichelnitsky).
2003-12-12 20:08:58 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac f0293295db Update Czech translation 2003-12-12 17:16:33 +00:00
Matthias Clasen c819c45ea8 Remove deprecated functions in examples. (#129074, Olexiy Avramchenko)
Fri Dec 12 01:13:34 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.c:
	* examples/menu/menu.c:
	* examples/scribble-xinput/scribble-xinput.c:
	* examples/progressbar/progressbar.c:
	* docs/tutorial/gtk-tut.sgml: Remove deprecated functions
	in examples. (#129074, Olexiy Avramchenko)
	* examples/calendar/Makefile:
	* examples/rangewidgets/Makefile:
	* examples/menu/Makefile: Allow deprecated functions in
	examples which use deprecated widgets.
2003-12-12 00:16:14 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5d8f0a69c4 Documentation updates. 2003-12-11 23:52:59 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 2f19377326 Fix direction of steppers in inverted scrollbars. (#129084, Olexiy
Fri Dec 12 00:05:31 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkrange.c (gtk_range_scroll): Fix direction of
	steppers in inverted scrollbars.  (#129084, Olexiy Avramchenko)
2003-12-11 23:05:25 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 731537ed89 Don't unnecessarily reserve space for arrows in RTL mode. (#129075, Semion
Thu Dec 11 23:50:30 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_pages_allocate): Don't
	unnecessarily reserve space for arrows in RTL mode.  (#129075,
	Semion Chichelnitsky)
2003-12-11 22:50:09 +00:00
Francisco F. Serrador 184f566f1d Updated Spanish translation
2003-12-11  Francisco F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation
2003-12-11 22:32:00 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 3e323ced31 Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-11  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>

	* sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-11 17:18:43 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 44c206420a Move the documentation for signals inline, to get proper parameter
Thu Dec 11 01:57:05 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_class_init): Move
	the documentation for signals inline, to get proper parameter
	documentation.  (#128977)
2003-12-11 00:57:20 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5fb61f3075 Changes to allow "no input" windows (#64613):
Thu Dec 11 00:35:12 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Changes to allow "no input" windows (#64613):

	* gdk/gdkwindow.h (struct _GdkWindowObject): Add a new boolean
	field accept_focus.

	* gdk/gdkwindow.h (gdk_window_set_accept_focus): New function to
	set it.

	* gtk/gtkwindow.[hc]: Add a boolean property "accept_focus"
	and gtk_window_get_focus() and gtk_window_set_focus().

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c (gdk_window_new):
	* gdk/linux-fb/gdkwindow-fb.c (gdk_window_new):
	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (gdk_window_set_new):
	Initialize the accept_focus field to TRUE.

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c (gdk_window_set_accept_focus):
	* gdk/linux-fb/gdkwindow-fb.c (gdk_window_set_accept_focus):
	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (gdk_window_set_accept_focus):
	Implementations for the various backends. The Win32 and linux-fb
	implementations set the accept_focus field, but don't use it yet
	to actually implement noinput windows. The X implementation updates
	the WM_HINTS to select the globally active input model (see the
	ICCCM) if accept_focus is FALSE.

	* gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c (gdk_wm_protocols_filter): Ignore the
	WM_TAKE_FOCUS message if accept_focus is FALSE.
2003-12-10 23:58:23 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero c9c99b3f1b Added toolbar items for the filter separator and the filter item.
2003-12-10  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (struct _GtkFileChooserDefault):
	Added toolbar items for the filter separator and the filter item.
	(toolbar_create): Add the filter widgets here.
	(filter_create): Renamed from create_filter().  Don't store the
	alignment in the impl structure, just return it.
	(toolbar_show_filters): New function.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_add_filter): Use toolbar_show_filters().
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_remove_filter): Likewise.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_constructor): Don't create the filter
	widget here.
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Added a field for a current
	folder label.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_constructor): Create the folder label.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_current_folder): Set the current
	folder label.

	* tests/testfilechooser.c (main): Dramatically improved the
	usability of the extra widget through careful word choice.
2003-12-10 20:49:44 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin e09034088b include gdkspawn.h.
2003-12-10  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        * gdk/gdk.h: include gdkspawn.h.
2003-12-10 17:04:58 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin b79642263f s/gdk_spawn/gdk_spawn_on_screen/.
2003-12-10  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        * gdk/linux-fb/gdkspawn-fb.c,
          gdk/win32/gdkspawn-win32.c,
          gdk/x11/gdkspawn-x11.c: (gdk_spawn_command_line_on_screen):
        s/gdk_spawn/gdk_spawn_on_screen/.
2003-12-10 14:17:07 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin 01fcbc199f Utility functions for multi-screen applications which need to ensure
2003-12-10  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        Utility functions for multi-screen applications which need
        to ensure launched applications appear on a certain screen.
        See bug #95897.

        * gdk/gdkspawn.h: header for multi-screen launching
        support.

        * gdk/Makefile.am: install gdkspawn.h.

        * gdk/x11/Makefile.am:
        * gdk/x11/gdkspawn-x11.c:
        (gdk_spawn_make_environment_for_screen): private function
        to create an environment vector with DISPLAY set appropriately
        for the screen.
        (gdk_spawn_on_screen): multi-screen version of g_spawn_async().
        (gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes): version of g_spawn_async_with_pipes().
        (gdk_spawn_command_line_on_screen): version of g_spawn_command_line_async().

        * gdk/linux-fb/Makefile.am,
          gdk/linux-fb/gdkspawn-fb.c: linux-fb impl.

        * gdk/win32/Makefile.am,
          gdk/win32/gdkspawn-win32.c: win32 impl.
2003-12-10 13:49:58 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov 4b7e8e2ceb ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2003-12-10 03:57:15 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 6a97a16921 Use "Home" rather than "Username's Home" (#125964).
2003-12-09  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_append_home): Use "Home"
	rather than "Username's Home" (#125964).
	(shortcuts_selection_changed_cb): New callback, check the
	sensitivity of the Remove Bookmark button at the right time.
	(shortcuts_row_activated_cb): It is not necessary to check the
	sensitivity here.
2003-12-10 03:46:30 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 3f6441ea3a Improve the GDK API for dealing with group leaders (#119375):
Wed Dec 10 00:06:24 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Improve the GDK API for dealing with group leaders (#119375):

	* gdk/gdkwindow.h:
	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (gdk_window_get_group): New function to
	get the group leader of a toplevel window as a GdkWindow.

	* gdk/gdkdisplay.h:
	* gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c (gdk_display_get_default_group): New
	function to get the default group leader as a GdkWindow.

	* gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.h (struct _GdkDisplayX11): Add a field for
	the GdkWindow of the default group leader.

	* gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c (gdk_display_open): Construct the GdkWindow
	for the default group leader.
2003-12-09 23:12:53 +00:00
Noah Levitt 451c077578 Add keysyms Ukrainian_ghe_with_upturn, Ukrainian_GHE_WITH_UPTURN.
2003-12-09  Noah Levitt  <nlevitt@columbia.edu>

	* gdk/gdkkeysyms.h:
	* gdk/gdkkeyuni.c: Add keysyms Ukrainian_ghe_with_upturn,
	Ukrainian_GHE_WITH_UPTURN. (#128529)
2003-12-09 22:04:01 +00:00
Michael Meeks aa9aca5f35 fix utf-8 brokenness - apologies. 2003-12-09 11:45:33 +00:00
Jan Arne Petersen dd03351616 Use the behavior of the GtkFileSelection to determine selected paths in
2003-12-08  Jan Arne Petersen  <jpetersen@uni-bonn.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths), (entry_activate): Use the
	behavior of the GtkFileSelection to determine selected paths in
	single selected, GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode.

2003-12-08  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Don't declare the closure
	struct twice.
	(get_paths_foreach): Likewise.
2003-12-08 23:38:57 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 94dbe0c487 Recommitting changes that were moved aside to tag GTK_2_3_1
2003-12-08  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

        * gtk/migrating-GtkAction.sgml: New chapter about how to migrate
        from gnome-ui/bonobo-ui/etc. to GtkAction.

        * gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Integrated the above.

        * gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Added migrating-GtkAction.sgml.
2003-12-08 23:22:24 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 2e47029bfb s/Unix/Win32/g.
Tue Dec  9 00:12:36 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.[hc]: s/Unix/Win32/g.
2003-12-08 23:13:14 +00:00
Owen Taylor ad11e10be7 Add xdgmime directory, gtkfilesystemwin32.
Mon Dec  8 12:47:01 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/Makefile.am (IGNORE_HFILES): Add xdgmime directory,
        gtkfilesystemwin32.

        * gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Some updates.
2003-12-08 22:56:52 +00:00
Owen Taylor 85c05a86c0 === Released 2.3.1 ===
Mon Dec  8 10:54:44 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * === Released 2.3.1 ===

        * NEWS: Updates for 2.3.1

        * configure.in: Version 2.3.1, interface age 0, binary age 301.

        * gtk/gtkmenuitem.c (gtk_menu_item_can_activate_accel):
        Rename from gtk_menu_item_real_can_activate_accel() to
        match GTK+ convention, improve comment.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c: Document gtk_widget_can_activate_accel(),
        can ::can-activate-accel signal.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c (closure_accel_activate): Fix spelling
        in comment.

        * gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_real_can_activate_accel): Clean
        up comment.

        * gtk/gtkcellview{,menuitem}.[ch]: Move GET_PRIVATE() macros
        into the .c file.

Mon Dec  8 12:09:21 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/gtkicontheme.c (find_builtin_icon): Fix a
        missing 'else'. (#128816, Jorn Baayen)
2003-12-08 22:55:03 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist dfddc20628 Use <multimon.h> when compiling with MSVC and old headers. (#126933, John
2003-12-08  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkdisplay-win32.c: Use <multimon.h> when compiling
	with MSVC and old headers. (#126933, John Ehresman)
2003-12-08 22:43:51 +00:00
Owen Taylor 5b21e9ce26 === Released 2.3.1 ===
Mon Dec  8 10:54:44 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * === Released 2.3.1 ===

        * NEWS: Updates for 2.3.1

        * configure.in: Version 2.3.1, interface age 0, binary age 301.

        * gtk/gtkmenuitem.c (gtk_menu_item_can_activate_accel):
        Rename from gtk_menu_item_real_can_activate_accel() to
        match GTK+ convention, improve comment.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c: Document gtk_widget_can_activate_accel(),
        can ::can-activate-accel signal.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c (closure_accel_activate): Fix spelling
        in comment.

        * gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_real_can_activate_accel): Clean
        up comment.

        * gtk/gtkcellview{,menuitem}.[ch]: Move GET_PRIVATE() macros
        into the .c file.

Mon Dec  8 12:09:21 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/gtkicontheme.c (find_builtin_icon): Fix a
        missing 'else'. (#128816, Jorn Baayen)
2003-12-08 22:31:32 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 4feada36e9 New chapter about how to migrate from gnome-ui/bonobo-ui/etc. to
2003-12-08  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-GtkAction.sgml: New chapter about how to migrate
	from gnome-ui/bonobo-ui/etc. to GtkAction.

	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Integrated the above.

	* gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Added migrating-GtkAction.sgml.
2003-12-08 22:28:27 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 073b4ed35b Actually commit RTL flipping changes for GtkNotebook which I already
ChangeLogged on Friday.
2003-12-08 21:07:17 +00:00
Michael Meeks fa3ca01b17 Based on a patch by Martin Kretzschmar; #122448
2003-12-02  Michael Meeks  <michael@ximian.com>

	Based on a patch by Martin Kretzschmar; #122448

	* gdk/gdk.h: new gdk_threads_lock, gdk_threads_unlock, point to
	implementation of GDK_THREADS_ENTER / GDK_THREADS_LEAVE.
	(GDK_THREADS_ENTER, GDK_THREADS_LEAVE): use gdk_threads_[un]lock
	function pointers. Deprecate the global gdk_threads_mutex variable.

	* gdk/gdk.c (gdk_threads_impl_lock, gdk_threads_impl_unlock): new,
	extracted from GTK_THREADS_ENTER/LEAVE macros.
	(gdk_threads_init): init gtk_threads_[un]lock if not set.
	(gdk_threads_set_lock_functions): impl.

	* gdk/gdkglobals.c: add definitions of gdk_threads_[un]lock.
2003-12-08 17:13:13 +00:00
Tim Janik 47f63b8cb2 fix comment typo 2003-12-08 16:02:25 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 71b723ede2 Update Czech translation 2003-12-08 12:14:11 +00:00
Paisa Seeluangsawat d0b9c3b68d Added Thai (th) translation.
2003-12-07  Paisa Seeluangsawat  <paisa@users.sf.net>

        * th.po: Added Thai (th) translation.
2003-12-07 22:57:54 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ba288650cd Don't crash if icon_theme_builtin_icons hasn't been initialized. (#128726,
Sun Dec  7 23:45:40 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkicontheme.c (gtk_icon_theme_has_icon): Don't crash if
	icon_theme_builtin_icons hasn't been initialized.  (#128726, Diego
	Gonzalez)
2003-12-07 22:53:22 +00:00
Duarte Loreto 3774da6083 Updated and revised Portuguese translation.
2003-12-07  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated and revised Portuguese translation.
2003-12-07 15:35:34 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 4b328c4753 Don't use the return value from SendMessage(WM_SETICON). That is the old
2003-12-07  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c (gdk_window_set_icon): Don't use the
	return value from SendMessage(WM_SETICON). That is the old
	icon. Fixes GDI resource leak. (#128559, Tim Evans)
2003-12-07 11:03:08 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 4e4748bc37 If we already have a pointer grab active with a grab cursor set, destroy
2003-12-07  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkevents-win32.c (gdk_pointer_grab): If we already
	have a pointer grab active with a grab cursor set, destroy that
	cursor to avoid a GDI resource leak. (#128410, Tim Evans)
2003-12-07 06:56:30 +00:00
Paisa Seeluangsawat 05f3e9b9fb Added Thai (th) translation. Added Thai (th) to ALL_LINGUAS.
2003-12-05  Paisa Seeluangsawat  <paisa@users.sf.net>

        * th.po: Added Thai (th) translation.
        * configure.in: Added Thai (th) to ALL_LINGUAS.
2003-12-06 03:13:24 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 89f48d7189 Implement RTL flipping for GtkAlignment. (#127585)
Sat Dec  6 01:42:04 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkalignment.c (gtk_alignment_size_allocate): Implement
	RTL flipping for GtkAlignment.  (#127585)
2003-12-06 00:41:38 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5795c83cb3 Fix the position of the popup window when in RTL mode. (#127578)
Sat Dec  6 01:13:09 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombo.c (gtk_combo_get_pos): Fix the position of the
	popup window when in RTL mode.  (#127578)
2003-12-06 00:12:46 +00:00
Manish Singh 532062df96 Applied patch from Ross McFarland <rwmcfa1@neces.com>, initialize *count_p
Fri Dec  5 15:30:16 2003  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c (quick_accel_find): Applied patch from
        Ross McFarland <rwmcfa1@neces.com>, initialize *count_p to 0
        before doing anything to prevent garbage returns.
2003-12-05 23:33:59 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 8ad788e914 Implement RTL flipping for GtkViewport: Adjust the "gravity" when resizing
Sat Dec  6 00:23:46 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkviewport.c: Implement RTL flipping for
	GtkViewport: Adjust the "gravity" when resizing
	This is a bit flickery in RTL mode.  (#107526)

Sat Dec  6 00:22:14 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c: Implement RTL flipping for
	GtkScrolledWindow: the vertical scrollbar shows up on the left
	side in RTL mode.  (#107526)
2003-12-05 23:31:51 +00:00
Christian Neumair d861261bc2 Updated German translation. 2003-12-05 14:42:50 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin 7dac6a2b01 Allow gtk_label_set_attributes() take NULL. See bug #128517.
2003-12-04  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        * gtk/gtklabel.c: (gtk_label_set_attributes_internal): Allow
        gtk_label_set_attributes() take NULL. See bug #128517.
2003-12-04 18:17:23 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem fe8219eb23 Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-04   Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-04 15:34:22 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero ec3cf84bc1 Removed the in_change flag. (completion_idle_callback): Use a temporary
2003-12-03  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c (struct _GtkFileChooserEntry): Removed
	the in_change flag.
	(completion_idle_callback): Use a temporary list store and re-set
	it on the completion rather than modifying the old one.  We are
	re-reading the folder anyway, and this gets rid of non-atomicity
	problems.
2003-12-04 02:13:27 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 2917a471d2 Update Czech translation 2003-12-03 19:14:54 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 063511d4e7 Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-03   Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-03 17:43:06 +00:00
Sanlig Badral 5f2c94857a Updated Mongolian translation 2003-12-03 09:55:20 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 795296f150 Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-03  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>

	* sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation.

	* POTFILES.in: Added gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.c.
2003-12-03 03:17:25 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland 1c29715834 Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2003-12-02  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2003-12-02 08:54:18 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero bfa64d0cde Decouple impl->current_folder from the selection in the folder tree. This
2003-12-01  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Decouple impl->current_folder from the selection in the folder
	tree.  This is so that going to /home/federico/.foo (e.g. from a
	bookmark) will work even if show_hidden == FALSE.  The folder tree
	needs to be fixed in this case to show such folders explicitly.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_current_folder): When changing
	folders, do the entry and list model work here, instead of
	tree_selection_changed().
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Added a changing_folder flag
	again, dum de dum.
	(tree_selection_changed): Use _gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_path().
2003-12-02 04:23:06 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6cb4ec86a9 Remove duplicate declaration of gtk_icon_source_set_icon_name(). (#Jeff
Tue Dec  2 01:01:54 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h: Remove duplicate declaration of
	gtk_icon_source_set_icon_name().  (#Jeff Franks, #128269)
2003-12-02 00:18:43 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 5bfa535924 Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-01   Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-01 22:44:08 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero c5dc8cf660 Patch from Hans-Petter Jansson <hpj@ximian.com> to align the bookmarks
2003-12-01  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Patch from Hans-Petter Jansson <hpj@ximian.com> to align the
	bookmarks buttons with the location entry.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_constructor): Use a GtkSizeGroup for the
	bookmarks buttons and the location entry.
2003-12-01 18:57:17 +00:00
cinamod 4f42c35a0c fix expander's +/- part coloration 2003-12-01 18:56:34 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 3efec0d69e Set the shortcuts tree as a drag destination.
2003-12-01  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (create_shortcuts_tree): Set the
	shortcuts tree as a drag destination.
	(shortcuts_drag_data_received_cb): New callback.
	(get_file_info): Also fetch information on whether the file is a folder.
	(add_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Use error_could_not_add_bookmark_dialog().
	(error_could_not_add_bookmark_dialog): New function.
	(shortcuts_add_bookmark_from_path): New helper function.
	(add_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Use shortcuts_add_bookmark_from_path().
	(shortcuts_row_activated): We no longer need the changing_folder flag.
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Likewise.
2003-12-01 15:33:37 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 08529cdee7 return TRUE if there are disappearing placeholders that are still visible.
Sun Nov 30 17:31:32 2003  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (slide_idle_handler): return TRUE if there are
	disappearing placeholders that are still visible.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c: formatting fixes

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (struct _ToolbarContent): new bit:
	disappearing, for placeholders that are going to disappear.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (get_item_size): return 0 for disappearing placeholders
2003-11-30 16:37:38 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford b49f713fb2 Patch from <chinen@jp.ibm.com> to handle RTL support for column resizers,
Sat Nov 29 00:55:28 2003  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_new_column_width):
	* gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c (_gtk_tree_view_column_realize_button):
	Patch from <chinen@jp.ibm.com> to handle RTL support for column
	resizers, #127874
2003-11-29 06:16:11 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6f9b92150f Don't use freed memory. (#127698, Taavi Talvik)
Fri Nov 28 00:26:24 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c (gtk_file_system_model_finalize):
	Don't use freed memory.  (#127698, Taavi Talvik)
2003-11-27 23:27:40 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a2ea36c055 Remove debug g_print()s.
Fri Nov 28 00:09:10 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c: Remove debug g_print()s.
2003-11-27 23:08:51 +00:00
Matthias Clasen c9fca58458 Remove debug define.
Thu Nov 27 22:17:50 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c: Remove debug define.
2003-11-27 21:17:41 +00:00
Tim Janik 448b576dc1 allow accel activation depending on sensitivity and the attach widget.
Thu Nov 27 16:19:03 2003  Tim Janik  <timj@gtk.org>

        * gtk/gtkmenu.c: allow accel activation depending on sensitivity
        and the attach widget.

        * gtk/gtkmenuitem.c: allow accel activation depending on visibility,
        sensitivity and the parent menu.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.[hc]: introduced ::can-activate-accel signal which
        checks whether accelerators may activate a widget. the default handler
        demands the widget be sensitive and visible+viewable.

        * gtk/gtkaccelgroup.[hc]: export gtk_accel_group_activate().
2003-11-27 15:51:32 +00:00
cinamod 6e63e7f75a fix coloration in several gimp widgets 2003-11-26 18:03:14 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac f2f0450795 Update Czech translation 2003-11-25 15:41:36 +00:00
626 changed files with 388018 additions and 280392 deletions
+3226 -8
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+3226 -8
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+3226 -8
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+3226 -8
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+3226 -8
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+2 -2
View File
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ GTK+ requires the following packages:
Simple install procedure
========================
% gzip -cd gtk+-2.3.0.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
% cd gtk+-2.3.0 # change to the toplevel directory
% gzip -cd gtk+-2.3.3.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
% cd gtk+-2.3.3 # change to the toplevel directory
% ./configure # run the `configure' script
% make # build GTK
[ Become root if necessary ]
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
## Makefile.am for GTK+
SRC_SUBDIRS = gdk-pixbuf gdk gtk modules demos tests contrib
SUBDIRS = po $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs build m4macros
SUBDIRS = po po-properties $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs build m4macros
# require automake 1.4
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.7
+207 -1
View File
@@ -1,3 +1,209 @@
Overview of Changes from GTK+ 2.3.2 to GTK+ 2.3.3
=================================================
* GtkFileChooser [Federico]:
- Support bookmarks in GtkFileSystemUnix. [Jan Arne Petersen]
- Correctly handle typed-in filenames in save mode, folder mode, and
multiple-selection mode in all combinations.
- Don't erase the filename in the entry when changing folders.
- Support icons in GtkFileSystemUnix.
- GtkFileChooserDialog now comes up at a reasonable size.
- GtkFileSystemUnix now notifies correctly on ::create_folder().
- Slight GUI reorganization.
- File system module support. [Alexander Larsson]
- Pathbar widget. [Jonathan R. Blandford]
- Miscellaneous fixes. [Christian Persch, Jan Arne Petersen, Anders Carlsson,
Padraig O'Briain, Alexander, Jonathan]
- Win32 fixes, GtkFileSystemWin32 work. [Hans Breuer]
- Memory leak fixes [Morten Welinder]
* GtkTreeView:
- Fix return values. [Federico, R. McFarland]
- Properly cancel the arrow animation. [Michael Zucchi]
- Allow custom icon sizes in pixbuf cell renderer. [Erik Grinaker]
- Don't darken the sort column unless there are three visible columns
[Jonathan]
* GtkToolbar:
- Improve the sliding implementation. [Soeren Sandmann]
- Add writeonly ::group property to GtkRadioToolButton. [Soeren,
Olivier Andrieu]
- Misc fixes. [Morten, Jeroen Zwartepoorte, Michel Meeks, Soeren]
* Menus:
- Make menus work better on Xinerama [Matthias]
- Fix keynav in RTL mode. [Matthias]
- Fix grid mode, removing of items. [Matthias, Vincent Noel]
- Make tearoff menu items work anywhere in menus. [Matthias]
- Improve popup/popdown behaviour. [Soeren]
* gdk-pixbuf:
- Fix some problems with indexed BMPs [Kazuho Okui, Matthias]
- Work around some libjpeg header file craziness [Manish Singh]
* Assume gravity works. [Soeren]
* Cache GCs for drawing. [Brian Cameron, Soeren]
* Handle focus adjustment correctly for deeply nested focus locations.
[Matthias, Owen Taylor]
* Use reference counting for shared data in GtkActionGroup.
[Matthias, Adam Hooper]
* Add a "use-separator" style property to GtkMessageDialog, and make
it not resizable. [Federico]
* Add 'const' to uses of GdkColor that need it. [Federico]
* Put focusable labels in the focus chain. [Federico]
* Make destroying widgets in focus-out-event work. [Owen, Grant Gayed]
* Add properties to GtkAdjustment [Murray Cumming]
* Add change notification to GtkAccelMap [Matthias, Owen]
* Add settings to suppress icons in buttons and menus. [Matthias]
* Add Xft settings for hinting and antialiasing. [Federico, Owen]
* Make size of indicator in menu items themeable. [Bill Hanemann,
Narayana Pattipati, Matthias]
* Fixes to GtkIconTheme [Tosten Schoenfeld]
* Improve drawing of GtkExpander. [Mark McLoughlin]
* Improve drawing of paned handles. [Soeren]
* Remove broken hangul input module. [Changwoo Ryu]
* Remove C++-style comments. [Damien Carbery]
* Memory leak fixes. [Christian Persch, Richard Hult, Morten, Matthias]
* RTL mode (flipping) fixes. [Mitsuru Chinen, Semion Chichelnitsky]
* Accessibility improvements for tooltips, GtkScale. [Padraig]
* Make the ZOOM_100 and ZOOM_FIT labels HIG-compliant. [Mariano Suarez-Alvarez]
* Win32 fixes. [Tor Lillqvist]
* Documentation:
- New section on how to check for modifier keys correctly. [Federico]
- Miscellaneous improvements. [Pascal Haakmat, Jan Huelsbergen,
Tim-Philipp Müller, Matthias]
* New and updated translations (ar,az,cs,da,de,en_CA,el,es,fi,fr,ga,hr,it,ja,
ko,mi,mn,ms,nl,nn,no,pl,pt,ru,sq,sr,sr@Latn,sv,ta,th,uz,uz@Latn)
* Other contributors: Christian Biere, Christopher Blizzard, Paolo Borelli,
Dan Damian, Rodney Dawes, John Ellis, David Hawthorne, Marco Pesenti Gritti,
Felipe Heidrich, Jonas Jonsson, Theppitak Karoonboonyanan, Tommi Komulainen,
Julio M. Merino Vidal, Gregory Merchan, Benjamin Otte, Joshua N. Pritikin,
Yu Shao, Yao Zhang
Overview of Changes from GTK+ 2.3.1 to GTK+ 2.3.2
=================================================
* GdkPixbuf
- Add functions to save pixbufs to non-file locations. [Tim Evans]
- Add a function to determine the type and size of a file without
loading it completely. [Matthias Clasen]
- Turn pixbuf attributes into construct-only properties. [Matthias]
- Fix building gdk-pixbuf with --disable-modules --with-included-loaders.
[Matthias, Owen Taylor]
* Fix the logic for changing the toplevelness of a window. [Soeren Sandmann]
* Do not interpret distant clicks as double clicks, using a
new double-click-distance setting. [Matthias]
* Improve the GDK API for dealing with group leaders. [Matthias]
* Utility function for application launching in multi-screen scenarios.
[Mark McLoughlin]
* Support big and small and alpha-blended icons under Win32. [Tim Evans]
* Misc Win32 improvements [Tor Lillquist, Hans]
* GtkFileChooser [Federico]
- Fix new filename entry in Save mode [Jan Arne Petersen]
- Improved the look of GtkFileChooserDefault. [Tuomas Kuosmanen]
- Added support for file system volumes such as CD-ROMs,
floppies, and network shares.
- Add a "New Folder" button for Save mode in GtkFileChooser.
- Better support for Folder mode.
* GtkTreeView
- Speed up by adding a fixed height mode. [Kristian Rietveld]
- Add a single-paragraph mode and a language property to
GtkCellRendererText [Kristian Rietveld]
- Add a editing-canceled signal to GtkCellRenderer [Federico Mena Quintero]
- Misc GtkTreeView bug fixes [Kristian, Soeren, Jonathan Blandford]
* Add a way to list the supported targets of a clipboard. [Dom Lachowicz]
* Add stock icons: harddisk, indent, unindent. [Hans Breuer, Jody Goldberg]
* Improve the GtkCalendar drawing code. [Matthias]
* GtkCalendar supports starting the week on any day [Matthias]
* Make GtkToolbar compatible with 2.2 again [Soeren]
* Misc GtkToolbar fixes and API improvements [Christian Persch,
Olivar Avramchenko, Jody, Soeren]
* Misc GtkUIManager fixes and API improvements. [Jody, Matthias, Jeff Franks]
* Add a way to lock individual accelerator paths [Matthias]
* Add gtk_menu_shell_cancel() to emit the "cancel" signal on
a menu shell. [Matthias]
* Fix dynamic menus. [Matthias, Michael Meeks]
* Add xalign, yalign properties to GtkButton. [Jody]
* Implement or improve RTL support in GtkComboBox, GtkCellView,
GtkViewport [Semion Chichelnitsky, Matthias, Kristian]
* Support for "no focus" windows. [Matthias]
* Documentation improvements [Matthias, Federico, Manish, Murray Cumming,
Theppitak Karoonboonyanan]
* FAQ updates [Tony Gale]
* Split the translations into two domains: ui strings and
error messages go to gtk20, property nicks and blurbs to
gtk20-properties. [Matthias]
* New and updated translations (af,ar,bn,br,cs,cy,da,de,es,et,fa,fr,ga,hr,
it,ja,ko,lt,mn,ms,nl,nn,no,pl,pt,pt_BR,ru,sr,sr@Latn,sv,sq,wa)
Other contributors: Olivier Andrieu, Herman Bloggs, Anders Carlsson,
Marco Pesenti Gritti, Bill Haneman, Alexander Larsson, Noah Levitt,
Kjartan Maraas, Evan Martin, Tim-Philipp Müller, Christian Neumair,
Joshua N Pritikin, Sebastian Rittau, Daniel Rogers, Manish Singh,
Torsten Schoenfeld, Alexander Winston, Johannes Weißl, Morten Welinder,
Adam Wright
Overview of Changes in GTK+-2.3.1
=================================
* Improve sanity checks on gdk-pixbuf loaders [Matthias Clasen]
* GDK
- Add GDK_DEBUG=xinerama that fakes a 2x2 Xinerama mode [Matthias]
- Make gdk_drawable_copy_to_image public [Matthias, Peter Zelezny]
* Misc Win32 bug fixes [Tor Lillqvist, John Ehresman, Tim Evans]
* Action-based menu/toolbar API [Matthias]
- Add "name" construct-only parameter to GtkActionGroup
- Bug fixes [Marco Pesenti Gritti, Christian Persch]
* Change ranges for Saturation/Value to be 0-100 in GtkColorSelection
[Gregory Merchan, Matthias]
* GtkComboBox [Kristian Rietveld]
- Make model and text_column properties not construct-only [Murray Cumming]
- Fix sizing
- Add mouse wheel support [Matthias]
* Various GtkEntryCompletion bug fixes [Kristian, Piers Cornwell, Marco]
* GtkExpander
- Add a "use_markup" property, gtk_expander_set/get_use_markup
- Fix bugs when unrealizing/destroying [Mark McLoughlin]
* GtkFileChooser [Federico Mena Quintero]
- Add a GtkFileSystemWin32 [Hans]
- Use GtkEntryCompletion in GtkFileChooserEntry
- Add a render_icon to GtkFileSystemIface to allow the
GnomeVFS backend to supply appropriate icons
- Improve selection handling in bookmarks list [Federico, Owen Taylor]
- Support drops on the bookmarks list
- Display error dialogs on failed operations
- Many UI tweaks [Federico, Iain Holmes,Hans-Petter Jansson]
- Ignore filters for folders [Dave Malcom]
- Misc file chooser bug fixes [Owen, Christian Persch, Taavi Talvik]
* Menus
- Make torn-off menus transient-for the window they were torn from
[Matthias, Jon-Kare Hellan]
- Fix menu positioning for Xinerama, add gtk_menu_set_monitor()
for use by position functions [Matthias]
- Tweak menu delay parameters, add a default width [Soeren Sandmann]
* Make g_message_dialog_new_with_markup() automatically escape
arguments, add g_message_dialog_set_markup() [Owen]
* Add read-only min-position/max-position properties to GtkPaned
* GtkToolbar [Soeren]
- Support gaps in the toolbar with expand=true/draw=false separators
- Improve drop-location preview handling
- Take a GtkRadioToolButton as the parameter to
gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_widget [Murray Cumming]
- Many misc toolbar bug fixes [Soeren, Marco]
* GtkTreeView bug fixes [Morten Welinder, David Hampton]
* Add gtk_window_is_active()/gtk_has_toplevel_focus() getters
to go along with properties [Owen Taylor]
* Add gtk_widget_can_activate_accel() / ::can-activate-accel
signal to fix handling of accelerators on insensitive parent
menu-items. [Tim Janik]. (*Note*: the details here will probably
change, since similar problems for mnemonics aren't handled.)
* Implement or improve RTL support in GtkAlignment, GtkCombo,
GtkNotebook, GtkScrolledWindow, GtkTreeView, GtkViewport.
[IBM L3 NLS Support Team]
* Fix string setters for self-assignment [Matthias, Soeren]
* Finish multi-head handling in gtk-demo [Matthias]
* Fix install rules for generating gdk-pixbuf.loaders [Manish Singh]
* Reference doc improvements [Matthias, Soeren,
Federico Mena Quintero, Michael Natterer, Owen Taylor, Olexiy Avramchenko]
* FAQ updates [Tony Gale]
* New and updated translations (ca,cs,cy,de,el,es,ja,mn,nl,nn,no,pl,pt,sr,
sr@Latn,sv,th)
Other contributors: Jorn Baayen,Damon Chaplin, Jeff Franks, Diego Gonzalez,
Richard Hult, Egmont Koblinger, Thomas Leonard, Ross McFarland,
Padraig O'Briain, Tomas Ögren, Danilo Segan
Overview of Changes from GTK+-2.2.x to GTK+-2.3.0
=================================================
@@ -104,7 +310,7 @@ Overview of Changes from GTK+-2.2.x to GTK+-2.3.0
- Allow "none" to be set for input method GtkSettings [Hidetoshi Tajima]
- Convert build system to automake-1.7; many cleanups and
improvements. [James Henstridge, Owen]
- Win32 fixes for new widgets [Hans Breuer]
- Win32 fixes for new widgets [Hans]
- Add right-to-left variants of some stock icons [Matthias]
* Documentation
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
General Information
===================
This is GTK+ version 2.3.0. GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for
This is GTK+ version 2.3.3. GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for
creating graphical user interfaces. Offering a complete set of widgets,
GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging from small one-off projects to
complete application suites.
-1
View File
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#undef HAVE_XFREE_XINERAMA
#undef HAVE_XINERAMA
#undef HAVE_WINSOCK_H
#undef HAVE_WINTAB
#undef HAVE_XCONVERTCASE
#undef HAVE_XFT
+22 -33
View File
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ AC_PREREQ(2.54)
m4_define([gtk_major_version], [2])
m4_define([gtk_minor_version], [3])
m4_define([gtk_micro_version], [0])
m4_define([gtk_micro_version], [3])
m4_define([gtk_version],
[gtk_major_version.gtk_minor_version.gtk_micro_version])
m4_define([gtk_interface_age], [0])
m4_define([gtk_binary_age], [300])
m4_define([gtk_binary_age], [302])
# This is the X.Y used in -lgtk-FOO-X.Y
m4_define([gtk_api_version], [2.0])
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ m4_define([gtk_api_version], [2.0])
m4_define([gtk_binary_version], [2.2.0])
# required versions of other packages
m4_define([glib_required_version], [2.3.0])
m4_define([glib_required_version], [2.3.2])
m4_define([pango_required_version], [1.2.0])
m4_define([atk_required_version], [1.0.1])
@@ -380,25 +380,13 @@ if test "$gtk_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SIGSETJMP)
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether make is GNU Make)
STRIP_BEGIN=
STRIP_END=
if $ac_make --version 2>/dev/null | grep '^GNU Make ' >/dev/null ; then
STRIP_BEGIN='$(strip $(STRIP_DUMMY)'
STRIP_END=')'
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
STRIP_DUMMY=
AC_SUBST(STRIP_DUMMY)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_BEGIN)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_END)
# i18n stuff
ALL_LINGUAS="am ar az be bg ca cs cy da de el en_GB es et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hi hr hu ia id it ja ko li lt lv mk ml mn ms ne nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk sl sq sr sr@Latn sv ta tr uk uz uz@Cyrl vi wa yi zh_CN zh_TW"
ALL_LINGUAS="af am ar az be bg bn br ca cs cy da de el en_CA en_GB es et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hi hr hu ia id it ja ko li lt lv mi mk ml mn ms ne nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk sl sq sr sr@Latn sv ta th tr uk uz uz@Latn vi wa yi zh_CN zh_TW"
AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT
LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po-properties/Makefile.in*)
sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po-properties/POTFILES" po-properties/Makefile.in > po-properties/Makefile
esac])
AM_GLIB_DEFINE_LOCALEDIR(GTK_LOCALEDIR)
@@ -1439,19 +1427,22 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,
[regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,
enable_man=no)
dnl
dnl Check for xsltproc
dnl
AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
if test -z "$XSLTPROC"; then
enable_man=no
if test "${enable_man}" != no; then
dnl
dnl Check for xsltproc
dnl
AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
if test -z "$XSLTPROC"; then
enable_man=no
fi
dnl check for DocBook DTD and stylesheets in the local catalog.
JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG([-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN],
[DocBook XML DTD V4.1.2],,enable_man=no)
JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG([http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl],
[DocBook XSL Stylesheets],,enable_man=no)
fi
dnl check for DocBook DTD and stylesheets in the local catalog.
JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG([-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN],
[DocBook XML DTD V4.1.2],,enable_man=no)
JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG([http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl],
[DocBook XSL Stylesheets],,enable_man=no)
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)
##################################################
@@ -1525,9 +1516,6 @@ fi
])
AC_PATH_PROG(SGML2HTML, sgml2html, no)
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_SGML2HTML, test x$SGML2HTML != xno)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
config.h.win32
gtk-zip.sh
@@ -1540,6 +1528,7 @@ gdk-2.0-uninstalled.pc
gtk+-2.0-uninstalled.pc
m4macros/Makefile
po/Makefile.in
po-properties/Makefile.in
build/Makefile
build/win32/Makefile
build/win32/dirent/Makefile
+10
View File
@@ -1,3 +1,13 @@
Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>
* === Released 2.3.3 ===
Fri Feb 13 10:32:09 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>
* gdk-pixbuf-xlibrgb.h: Remove a couple of unneeded
#includes. Isn't unsupported code fun?
(133833, Gregory Merchan)
Tue Oct 7 23:30:00 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk-pixbuf-xlib.h: Add C++ guards. (123955, Harring Figueiredo)
@@ -57,8 +57,6 @@ extern "C" {
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include <X11/Xos.h>
#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
#include <glib.h>
+1
View File
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ demos = \
dialog.c \
drawingarea.c \
editable_cells.c \
entry_completion.c \
hypertext.c \
images.c \
list_store.c \
+97
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/* Entry Completion
*
* GtkEntryCompletion provides a mechanism for adding support for
* completion in GtkEntry.
*
*/
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
static GtkWidget *window = NULL;
/* Creates a tree model containing the completions */
GtkTreeModel *
create_completion_model (void)
{
GtkListStore *store;
GtkTreeIter iter;
store = gtk_list_store_new (1, G_TYPE_STRING);
/* Append one word */
gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &iter, 0, "GNOME", -1);
/* Append another word */
gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &iter, 0, "total", -1);
/* And another word */
gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &iter, 0, "totally", -1);
return GTK_TREE_MODEL (store);
}
GtkWidget *
do_entry_completion (GtkWidget *do_widget)
{
GtkWidget *vbox;
GtkWidget *label;
GtkWidget *entry;
GtkEntryCompletion *completion;
GtkTreeModel *completion_model;
if (!window)
{
window = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons ("GtkEntryCompletion",
GTK_WINDOW (do_widget),
0,
GTK_STOCK_CLOSE,
GTK_RESPONSE_NONE,
NULL);
gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
g_signal_connect (window, "response",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), NULL);
g_signal_connect (window, "destroy",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroyed), &window);
vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 5);
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (window)->vbox), vbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox), 5);
label = gtk_label_new (NULL);
gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), "Completion demo, try writing <b>total</b> or <b>gnome</b> for example.");
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
/* Create our entry */
entry = gtk_entry_new ();
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), entry, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
/* Create the completion object */
completion = gtk_entry_completion_new ();
/* Assign the completion to the entry */
gtk_entry_set_completion (GTK_ENTRY (entry), completion);
g_object_unref (completion);
/* Create a tree model and use it as the completion model */
completion_model = create_completion_model ();
gtk_entry_completion_set_model (completion, completion_model);
g_object_unref (completion_model);
/* Use model column 0 as the text column */
gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column (completion, 0);
}
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (window))
gtk_widget_show_all (window);
else
gtk_widget_destroy (window);
return window;
}
+1 -1
View File
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ read_line (FILE *stream, GString *str)
{
int c;
#ifndef G_OS_WIN32
#ifndef HAVE_FLOCKFILE
c = getc_unlocked (stream);
#else
c = getc (stream);
+180 -28
View File
@@ -67,18 +67,96 @@ compare_pixbufs (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf, GdkPixbuf *compare, const gchar *file_type)
}
}
static gboolean
save_to_loader (const gchar *buf, gsize count, GError **err, gpointer data)
{
GdkPixbufLoader *loader = data;
return gdk_pixbuf_loader_write (loader, buf, count, err);
}
static GdkPixbuf *
buffer_to_pixbuf (const gchar *buf, gsize count, GError **err)
{
GdkPixbufLoader *loader;
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ();
if (gdk_pixbuf_loader_write (loader, buf, count, err) &&
gdk_pixbuf_loader_close (loader, err)) {
pixbuf = g_object_ref (gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf (loader));
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (loader));
return pixbuf;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
static void
do_compare (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf, GdkPixbuf *compare, GError *err)
{
if (compare == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
compare_pixbufs (pixbuf, compare, "jpeg");
g_object_unref (compare);
}
}
static void
keypress_check (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *evt, gpointer data)
{
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
GtkDrawingArea *da = (GtkDrawingArea*)data;
GError *err = NULL;
gchar *buffer;
gsize count;
GdkPixbufLoader *loader;
pixbuf = (GdkPixbuf *) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (da), "pixbuf");
if (evt->keyval == 'q')
gtk_main_quit ();
if (evt->keyval == 's') {
if (evt->keyval == 's' && (evt->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)) {
/* save to callback */
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
}
loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ();
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback (pixbuf, save_to_loader, loader, "jpeg",
&err,
"quality", "100",
NULL) ||
!gdk_pixbuf_loader_close (loader, &err)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
g_object_ref (gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf (loader)),
err);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (loader));
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'S') {
/* save to buffer */
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer (pixbuf, &buffer, &count, "jpeg",
&err,
"quality", "100",
NULL)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
buffer_to_pixbuf (buffer, count, &err),
err);
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 's') {
/* save normally */
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
@@ -91,20 +169,49 @@ keypress_check (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *evt, gpointer data)
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
GdkPixbuf *compare;
compare = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.jpg", &err);
if (!compare) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
compare_pixbufs (pixbuf, compare, "jpeg");
g_object_unref (compare);
}
do_compare (pixbuf,
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.jpg", &err),
err);
}
} else if (evt->keyval == 'p') {
}
if (evt->keyval == 'p' && (evt->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)) {
/* save to callback */
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
}
loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ();
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback (pixbuf, save_to_loader, loader, "png",
&err,
"tEXt::Software", "testpixbuf-save",
NULL)
|| !gdk_pixbuf_loader_close (loader, &err)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
g_object_ref (gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf (loader)),
err);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (loader));
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'P') {
/* save to buffer */
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer (pixbuf, &buffer, &count, "png",
&err,
"tEXt::Software", "testpixbuf-save",
NULL)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
buffer_to_pixbuf (buffer, count, &err),
err);
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'p') {
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
@@ -117,20 +224,65 @@ keypress_check (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *evt, gpointer data)
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
GdkPixbuf *compare;
compare = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.png", &err);
if (!compare) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
compare_pixbufs (pixbuf, compare, "png");
g_object_unref (compare);
}
do_compare(pixbuf,
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.png", &err),
err);
}
} else if (evt->keyval == 'a') {
}
if (evt->keyval == 'i' && (evt->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)) {
/* save to callback */
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
}
loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ();
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback (pixbuf, save_to_loader, loader, "ico",
&err,
NULL)
|| !gdk_pixbuf_loader_close (loader, &err)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
g_object_ref (gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf (loader)),
err);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (loader));
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'I') {
/* save to buffer */
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer (pixbuf, &buffer, &count, "ico",
&err,
NULL)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
buffer_to_pixbuf (buffer, count, &err),
err);
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'i') {
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
}
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save (pixbuf, "foo.ico", "ico",
&err,
NULL)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare(pixbuf,
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.ico", &err),
err);
}
}
if (evt->keyval == 'a') {
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
+53 -47
View File
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<book>
<bookinfo>
<date>November 24th 2003</date>
<date>January 14th 2004</date>
<title>GTK+ FAQ</title>
<authorgroup>
<author>
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ url="ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/make/">ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/make/</ulink>).</para>
<sect1>
<title>I want to add some configure stuff, how could I do
this?</title>
this? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>To use autoconf/automake, you must first install the
relevant packages. These are:</para>
@@ -985,10 +985,10 @@ relevant packages. These are:</para>
<listitem><simpara>the m4 preprocessor v1.4 or better</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem><simpara>autoconf v2.13 or better</simpara>
<listitem><simpara>autoconf v2.54 or better</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem><simpara>automake v1.4 or better</simpara>
<listitem><simpara>automake v1.7 or better suggested</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1003,20 +1003,20 @@ you must create a configure.in which may look like:</para>
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
dnl configure.in for a GTK+ based program
AC_INIT(myprg.c)dnl
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(mypkgname,0.0.1)dnl
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)dnl
AC_INIT(myprg.c)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(mypkgname, 0.0.1)
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
dnl Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_CC dnl check for the c compiler
dnl you should add CFLAGS="" here, 'cos it is set to -g by PROG_CC
dnl Checks for libraries.
AM_PATH_GTK(1.2.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(mypkgname 0.1 needs GTK))dnl
AM_PATH_GTK_2_0(2.2.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(mypkgname 0.1 needs GTK+ 2.2.0))
AC_OUTPUT(
Makefile
)dnl
)
</programlisting>
<para>You must add a Makefile.am file:</para>
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ in a priority of G_PRIORITY_HIGH.</para>
<sect1>
<title>Why does this strange 'x io error' occur when I
<literal>fork()</literal> in my GTK+ app?</title>
<literal>fork()</literal> in my GTK+ app? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>This is not really a GTK+ problem, and the problem is
not related to <literal>fork()</literal> either. If the 'x io
@@ -1490,13 +1490,15 @@ illustrate handling fork() and exit().</para>
<programlisting role="C">
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Filename: gtk-fork.c
* Version: 0.99.1
* Version: 0.99.2
* Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999, Erik Mouw
* Author: Erik Mouw &lt;J.A.K.Mouw@its.tudelft.nl&gt;
* Description: GTK+ fork example
* Created at: Thu Sep 23 21:37:55 1999
* Modified by: Erik Mouw &lt;J.A.K.Mouw@its.tudelft.nl&gt;
* Modified at: Thu Sep 23 22:39:39 1999
* Modified by: Tony Gale &lt;gale@gtk.org&gt;
* Modified at: Wed Jan 14 12:38:00 2004
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Compile with:
@@ -1525,7 +1527,7 @@ void sigchld_handler(int num)
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &amp;set, &amp;oldset);
/* wait for child */
while((pid = waitpid((pid_t)-1, &amp;status, WNOHANG)) > 0)
while((pid = waitpid((pid_t)-1, &amp;status, WNOHANG)) &gt; 0)
{
if(WIFEXITED(status))
{
@@ -1622,13 +1624,13 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
*/
window = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(delete_event), NULL);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
G_CALLBACK(delete_event), NULL);
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(destroy), NULL);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
G_CALLBACK(destroy), NULL);
#if (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 1) && (GTK_MINOR_VERSION == 0)
#if (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 1) &amp;&amp; (GTK_MINOR_VERSION == 0)
gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
#else
gtk_container_set_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
@@ -1637,8 +1639,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
/* add a button to do something usefull */
button = gtk_button_new_with_label("Fork me!");
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(fork_me), NULL);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
G_CALLBACK(fork_me), NULL);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), button);
@@ -1663,7 +1665,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
<sect1>
<title>Why don't the contents of a button move when the button
is pressed? Here's a patch to make it work that way...</title>
is pressed? Here's a patch to make it work that way... <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>From: Peter Mattis</para>
@@ -1689,12 +1691,12 @@ and determined it didn't look good and removed it.</quote></para>
<sect1>
<title>How do I identifiy a widgets top level window or other
ancestor?</title>
ancestor? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>There are a couple of ways to find the top level parent
of a widget. The easier way is to call the
of a widget. The easiest way is to call the
<literal>gtk_widget_get_toplevel()</literal> function that
returns pointer to a GtkWidget that is the top level
returns a pointer to a GtkWidget that is the top level
window.</para>
<para>A more complicated way to do this (but less limited, as
@@ -1718,12 +1720,16 @@ widget (entry, label, etc. To find the master hbox using the
hbox = gtk_widget_get_ancestor(w, GTK_TYPE_HBOX);
</programlisting>
<para>You can also follow the a widgets ancestry by using the function
<literal>gtk_widget_get_parent()</literal> that returns a pointer
to a widgets parent widget.</para>
</sect1>
<!-- ----------------------------------------------------------------- -->
<sect1>
<title>How do I get the Window ID of a GtkWindow?</title>
<title>How do I get the Window ID of a GtkWindow? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>The actual Gdk/X window will be created when the widget
gets realized. You can get the Window ID with:</para>
@@ -1738,8 +1744,7 @@ Window xwin = GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW (GTK_WIDGET (my_window)->window);
<!-- ----------------------------------------------------------------- -->
<sect1>
<title>How do I catch a double click event (in a list widget,
for example)?</title>
<title>How do I catch a double click event? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>Tim Janik wrote to gtk-list (slightly modified):</para>
@@ -1749,10 +1754,10 @@ for example)?</title>
gint
signal_handler_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer func_data)
{
if (GTK_IS_LIST_ITEM(widget) &&
if (GTK_IS_BUTTON(widget) &&
(event->type==GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS ||
event->type==GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS) ) {
printf("I feel %s clicked on button %d\n",
printf("I feel %s clicked with button %d\n",
event->type==GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS ? "double" : "triple",
event->button);
}
@@ -1764,18 +1769,18 @@ signal_handler_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer func_dat
<programlisting role="C">
{
/* list, list item init stuff */
/* button init stuff */
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(list_item),
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button),
"button_press_event",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(signal_handler_event),
G_CALLBACK(signal_handler_event),
NULL);
/* and/or */
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(list_item),
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button),
"button_release_event",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(signal_handler_event),
G_CALLBACK(signal_handler_event),
NULL);
/* something else */
@@ -2870,7 +2875,7 @@ be:</para>
<!-- ----------------------------------------------------------------- -->
<sect1>
<title>How do I validate/limit/filter the input to a GtkEntry?</title>
<title>How do I validate/limit/filter the input to a GtkEntry? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>If you want to validate the text that a user enters into
a GtkEntry widget you can attach to the "insert_text" signal
@@ -2901,16 +2906,16 @@ void insert_text_handler (GtkEntry *entry,
}
if (count > 0) {
gtk_signal_handler_block_by_func (GTK_OBJECT (editable),
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (insert_text_handler),
data);
g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (G_OBJECT (editable),
G_CALLBACK (insert_text_handler),
data);
gtk_editable_insert_text (editable, result, count, position);
gtk_signal_handler_unblock_by_func (GTK_OBJECT (editable),
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (insert_text_handler),
data);
g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func (G_OBJECT (editable),
G_CALLBACK (insert_text_handler),
data);
}
gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (editable), "insert_text");
g_signal_stop_emission_by_name (G_OBJECT (editable), "insert_text");
g_free (result);
}
@@ -2925,12 +2930,13 @@ int main (int argc,
/* create a new window */
window = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW (window), "GTK Entry");
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
(GtkSignalFunc) gtk_exit, NULL);
g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_main_quit),
NULL);
entry = gtk_entry_new();
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(entry), "insert_text",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(insert_text_handler),
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(entry), "insert_text",
G_CALLBACK(insert_text_handler),
NULL);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER (window), entry);
gtk_widget_show(entry);
+260
View File
@@ -1,3 +1,263 @@
Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>
* === Released 2.3.3 ===
Thu Feb 19 00:11:23 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_radio_menu_item_new_from_widget
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label_from_widget,
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget.
2004-02-17 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Add a missing semicolon to an
entity.
2004-02-16 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Umm, I'm on crack. Use
gtk_accelerator_get_default_mod_mask().
* gdk/tmpl/windows.sgml: Removed the incorrect description from
GDK_MODIFIER_MASK.
2004-02-16 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gdk/tmpl/windows.sgml: Added an example of how to use
GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to test for modifier keys correctly.
* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Likewise.
Sun Feb 15 23:51:08 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtkcomboboxentry.sgml:
* gtk/tmpl/gtkcombobox.sgml: Add short descriptions.
Sun Feb 15 22:09:53 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtkcombo.sgml:
* gtk/tmpl/gtkoptionmenu.sgml: Add deprecation notes pointing
people to GtkComboBox.
Sun Feb 15 02:46:53 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtktreednd.sgml: Add docs.
Sat Feb 14 03:09:49 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Remove duplicated section for
file gtktreednd.sgml.
Fri Feb 13 00:54:24 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_scale_get_layout
and gtk_scale_get_layout_offsets.
Thu Feb 12 23:56:12 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_tooltips_get_info_from_tip_window.
Thu Feb 12 23:30:25 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_combo_box_{popup,popdown}.
Thu Feb 12 02:00:53 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtktreemodelfilter.sgml:
* gtk/tmpl/gtkentrycompletion.sgml:
* gtk/tmpl/gtkcelllayout.sgml: Additions.
Thu Feb 12 01:27:02 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Updates.
Thu Feb 12 01:26:42 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/Makefile.am (IGNORE_HFILES): Add some private headers.
Sat Feb 7 00:38:23 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add GtkAccelMap, gtk_accel_map_get,
and a bunch of standard and private accel map symbols.
Sat Feb 7 00:38:03 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk.types: Add gtk_accel_map_get_type.
Sun Feb 1 00:37:44 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtkobject.sgml: Remove misleading documentation for
gtk_object_set_user_data(). (#101614)
Sun Feb 1 00:30:53 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/tmpl/general.sgml: Improve the documentation of event_mask for
gdk_pointer_grab. (#132223, Pascal Haakmat)
Fri Jan 30 00:27:36 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtkcombo.sgml: Document clearing the list with
gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings().
Wed Jan 28 22:51:41 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtktreeviewcolumn.sgml: Remove unfinished sentence, until
jrb finds time to write a real description.
Wed Jan 28 21:46:55 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/tmpl/event_structs.sgml: Fix a header name misspelling.
(#123589, Jan Huelsbergen)
2004-01-23 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Note that a widget must be
focusable for the menu keybindings to work.
2004-01-22 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Mention when it is useful to use
GdkEventExpose.region rather than GdkEventExpose.area.
2004-01-22 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Point to GtkEntry as an example of
a widget that uses a custom function to position its popup menu.
2004-01-22 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: New chapter with a "Migration
Checklist" of things people need to do to be good citizens in the
GTK+ world. This is mainly a way to tell people about interesting
APIs that they should use instead of hand-hacked approaches.
* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Added migrating-checklist.sgml.
* gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Likewise.
Thu Jan 22 01:46:45 2004 Jonathan Blandford <jrb@gnome.org>
* gtk/tmpl/gtktreemodelsort.sgml: new introduction section.
2004-01-20 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Added gtk_paned_get_child[12].
Thu Jan 15 23:54:46 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Move the old chapters about 1.2 and 2.0
changes to Federicos new 'migrating' part.
Fri Jan 9 00:38:58 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels.
Thu Jan 8 00:14:02 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtkmain.sgml (gtk_input_add_full): Fix link in deprecation
note.
Wed Jan 7 22:25:45 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_action_new, gtk_toggle_action_new,
gtk_radio_action_new, gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel.
Wed Jan 7 01:56:33 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/file-saving.sgml: Document GdkPixbufSaveFunc.
* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-sections.txt: Add GdkPixbufSaveFunc,
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback, gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv,
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer and gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv.
Wed Jan 7 01:27:23 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/module_interface.sgml: Document expected
module behaviour if the size_func returns 0.
Wed Jan 7 01:26:07 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-sections.txt: Add gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info.
2004-01-06 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/gdk-pixbuf.sgml: Added a section on how to
compute pixel offsets for gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels().
Mon Dec 29 01:40:20 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_accel_map_{un,}lock_path.
Wed Dec 24 01:12:12 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add GtkClipboardTargetReceivedFunc,
gtk_clipboard_request_targets, gtk_clipboard_wait_for_targets.
Wed Dec 24 01:11:36 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtkclipboard.sgml: Document GtkClipboardTargetReceivedFunc.
Sun Dec 21 01:58:33 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_menu_shell_cancel.
Thu Dec 18 01:24:35 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_message_dialog_set_markup
Tue Dec 16 01:57:13 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add gdk_display_set_double_click_distance.
Mon Dec 15 01:03:08 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment.
Sun Dec 14 01:25:49 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type.
Sat Dec 13 22:37:46 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/Makefile.am (HTML_IMAGES): Add
stock_dialog_authentication_48.png. (#129255, Olivier Andrieu)
Fri Dec 12 00:52:25 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add the new gdk_spawn_* and
gdk_threads_* declarations.
Thu Dec 11 01:57:55 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/gdk-pixbuf-loader.sgml: Signal documentation
moved inline.
Thu Dec 11 00:04:10 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_window_[sg]et_accept_focus().
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add gdk_window_set_accept_focus().
Wed Dec 10 00:09:51 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add gdk_window_get_group(),
gdk_display_get_default_group().
2003-12-08 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-GtkAction.sgml: New chapter about how to migrate
from gnome-ui/bonobo-ui/etc. to GtkAction.
* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Integrated the above.
* gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Added migrating-GtkAction.sgml.
Mon Dec 8 12:47:01 2003 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (IGNORE_HFILES): Add xdgmime directory,
gtkfilesystemwin32.
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Some updates.
Sun Nov 23 20:59:57 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tree_widget.sgml: Add a missing comma.
@@ -57,12 +57,18 @@ GdkPixbufDestroyNotify
<FILE>file-loading</FILE>
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_size
gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>file-saving</FILE>
gdk_pixbuf_savev
gdk_pixbuf_save
GdkPixbufSaveFunc
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@@ -52,3 +52,14 @@ End:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filename:
@width:
@height:
@Returns:
@@ -41,3 +41,79 @@ Saving a pixbuf to a file.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GdkPixbufSaveFunc ##### -->
<para>
Specifies the type of the function passed to
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback(). It is called once for each block of
bytes that is "written" by gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback(). If
successful it should return %TRUE. If an error occurs it should set
@error and return %FALSE, in which case gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback()
will fail with the same error.
</para>
@buf: bytes to be written.
@count: number of bytes in @buf.
@error: A location to return an error.
@data: user data passed to gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback().
@Returns: %TRUE if successful, %FALSE (with @error set) if failed.
@Since: 2.4
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@pixbuf:
@save_func:
@user_data:
@type:
@error:
@Varargs:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@pixbuf:
@save_func:
@user_data:
@type:
@option_keys:
@option_values:
@error:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@pixbuf:
@buffer:
@buffer_size:
@type:
@error:
@Varargs:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@pixbuf:
@buffer:
@buffer_size:
@type:
@option_keys:
@option_values:
@error:
@Returns:
@@ -78,65 +78,33 @@ fields.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GdkPixbufLoader::area-prepared ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the pixbuf loader has allocated the pixbuf
in the desired size. After this signal is emitted, applications can
call gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf() to fetch the partially-loaded pixbuf.
</para>
@gdkpixbufloader: the object which received the signal.
@gdkpixbufloader:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GdkPixbufLoader::area-updated ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a significant area of the image being
loaded has been updated. Normally it means that a complete
scanline has been read in, but it could be a different area as
well. Applications can use this signal to know when to repaint
areas of an image that is being loaded.
</para>
@gdkpixbufloader: Loader which emitted the signal.
@gdkpixbufloader:
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
@arg4:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@x: X offset of upper-left corner of the updated area.
@y: Y offset of upper-left corner of the updated area.
@width: Width of updated area.
@height: Height of updated area.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GdkPixbufLoader::closed ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when gdk_pixbuf_loader_close() is called.
It can be used by different parts of an application to receive
notification when an image loader is closed by the code that
drives it.
</para>
@gdkpixbufloader: the object which received the signal.
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gdk-pixbuf.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
End:
-->
@gdkpixbufloader:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GdkPixbufLoader::size-prepared ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the pixbuf loader has been fed the
initial amount of data that is required to figure out the size
of the image that it will create. Applications can call
gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size() in response to this signal to set
the desired size to which the image should be scaled.
</para>
@gdkpixbufloader: the object which received the signal.
@gdkpixbufloader:
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@width: the original width of the image
@height: the original height of the image
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -224,4 +192,11 @@ End:
@error:
@Returns:
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gdk-pixbuf.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
End:
-->
@@ -11,6 +11,81 @@ Information that describes an image.
information that describes an image in memory.
</para>
<section id="image-data">
<title>Image Data</title>
<para>
Image data in a pixbuf is stored in memory in uncompressed,
packed format. Rows in the image are stored top to bottom, and
in each row pixels are stored from left to right. There may be
padding at the end of a row. The "rowstride" value of a pixbuf,
as returned by gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(), indicates the number
of bytes between rows.
</para>
<example id="put-pixel">
<title>put_pixel(<!-- -->) example</title>
<para>
The following code illustrates a simple put_pixel(<!-- -->)
function for RGB pixbufs with 8 bits per channel with an alpha
channel. It is not included in the gdk-pixbuf library for
performance reasons; rather than making several function calls
for each pixel, your own code can take shortcuts.
</para>
<programlisting>
static void
put_pixel (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf, int x, int y, guchar red, guchar green, guchar blue, guchar alpha)
{
int width, height, rowstride, n_channels;
guchar *pixels, *p;
n_channels = gdk_pixbuf_get_n_channels (pixbuf);
g_assert (gdk_pixbuf_get_colorspace (pixbuf) == GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB);
g_assert (gdk_pixbuf_get_bits_per_sample (pixbuf) == 8);
g_assert (gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha (pixbuf));
g_assert (n_channels == 4);
width = gdk_pixbuf_get_width (pixbuf);
height = gdk_pixbuf_get_height (pixbuf);
g_assert (x &gt;= 0 &amp;&amp; x &lt; width);
g_assert (y &gt;= 0 &amp;&amp; y &lt; height);
rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (pixbuf);
pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (pixbuf);
p = pixels + y * rowstride + x * n_channels;
p[0] = red;
p[1] = green;
p[2] = blue;
p[3] = alpha;
}
</programlisting>
<para>
This function will not work for pixbufs with images that are
other than 8 bits per sample or channel, but it will work for
most of the pixbufs that GTK+ uses.
</para>
</example>
<note>
<para>
If you are doing memcpy() of raw pixbuf data, note that the
last row in the pixbuf may not be as wide as the full
rowstride, but rather just as wide as the pixel data needs to
be. That is, it is unsafe to do <literal>memcpy (dest,
pixels, rowstride * height)</literal> to copy a whole pixbuf.
Use gdk_pixbuf_copy() instead, or compute the width in bytes
of the last row as <literal>width * ((n_channels *
bits_per_sample + 7) / 8)</literal>.
</para>
</note>
</section>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -76,6 +151,46 @@ In the future it will do full alpha compositing.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:bits-per-sample ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:colorspace ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:has-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:n-channels ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:pixels ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:rowstride ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_get_colorspace ##### -->
<para>
@@ -163,3 +278,11 @@ End:
@Returns:
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gdk-pixbuf.sgml" "book" "refsect2")
End:
-->
@@ -220,6 +220,12 @@ way to achieve the desired scaling during the loading of the image, it may
either ignore the size request, or only approximate it -- &gdk-pixbuf; will
then perform the required scaling on the completely loaded image.
</para>
<para>
If the function sets @width or @height to zero, the module should interpret
this as a hint that it will be closed soon and shouldn't allocate further
resources. This convention is used to implement gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info()
efficiently.
</para>
@width: pointer to a location containing the current image width
@height: pointer to a location containing the current image height
@@ -288,6 +294,7 @@ is loaded and must set the function pointers of the #GdkPixbufModule.
@load_increment: continues an incremental load.
@load_animation: loads an animation from a file.
@save: saves a #GdkPixbuf to a file.
@save_to_callback:
<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkPixbufAnimationClass ##### -->
<para>
+15
View File
@@ -135,6 +135,7 @@ gdk_display_peek_event
gdk_display_put_event
gdk_display_add_client_message_filter
gdk_display_set_double_click_time
gdk_display_set_double_click_distance
gdk_display_get_pointer
gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer
GdkDisplayPointerHooks
@@ -143,6 +144,7 @@ gdk_display_supports_cursor_color
gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha
gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size
gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size
gdk_display_get_default_group
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_DISPLAY_OBJECT
@@ -205,6 +207,11 @@ gdk_screen_get_monitor_at_point
gdk_screen_get_monitor_at_window
gdk_screen_broadcast_client_message
gdk_screen_get_setting
<SUBSECTION Spawning>
gdk_spawn_on_screen
gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes
gdk_spawn_command_line_on_screen
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_SCREEN
GDK_IS_SCREEN
@@ -657,6 +664,7 @@ gdk_window_get_internal_paint_info
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_window_set_user_data
gdk_window_set_override_redirect
gdk_window_set_accept_focus
gdk_window_add_filter
gdk_window_remove_filter
GdkFilterFunc
@@ -704,6 +712,7 @@ gdk_window_set_icon_name
gdk_window_set_transient_for
gdk_window_set_role
gdk_window_set_group
gdk_window_get_group
gdk_window_set_decorations
gdk_window_get_decorations
GdkWMDecoration
@@ -878,6 +887,11 @@ gdk_threads_init
gdk_threads_enter
gdk_threads_leave
gdk_threads_mutex
gdk_threads_set_lock_functions
<SUBSECTION Private>
gdk_threads_lock
gdk_threads_unlock
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@@ -1194,6 +1208,7 @@ gdk_x11_cursor_get_xdisplay
gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay
gdk_x11_display_grab
gdk_x11_display_ungrab
gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type
gdk_x11_drawable_get_xdisplay
gdk_x11_drawable_get_xid
gdk_x11_font_get_name
+16
View File
@@ -440,3 +440,19 @@ Draws a pixmap, or a part of a pixmap, onto another drawable.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drawable_copy_to_image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@drawable:
@image:
@src_x:
@src_y:
@dest_x:
@dest_y:
@width:
@height:
@Returns:
+2 -1
View File
@@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ Describes a key press or key release event.
@time: the time of the event in milliseconds.
@state: a bit-mask representing the state of the modifier keys (e.g. Control,
Shift and Alt) and the pointer buttons. See #GdkModifierType.
@keyval: the key that was pressed or released. See the <filename>&lt;gdk/gdkkeysym.h&gt;</filename>
@keyval: the key that was pressed or released. See the
<filename>&lt;gdk/gdkkeysyms.h&gt;</filename>
header file for a complete list of GDK key codes.
@length: the length of @string.
@string: a string containing the an approximation of the text that
+18
View File
@@ -213,6 +213,15 @@ of an X display. All its fields are private and should not be accessed directly.
@msec:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_display_set_double_click_distance ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@display:
@distance:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_display_get_pointer ##### -->
<para>
@@ -306,3 +315,12 @@ Applications should never have any reason to use this facility
@height:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_display_get_default_group ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@display:
@Returns:
+48
View File
@@ -254,3 +254,51 @@ when GDK gets multihead support.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_spawn_on_screen ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@screen:
@working_directory:
@argv:
@envp:
@flags:
@child_setup:
@user_data:
@child_pid:
@error:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@screen:
@working_directory:
@argv:
@envp:
@flags:
@child_setup:
@user_data:
@child_pid:
@standard_input:
@standard_output:
@standard_error:
@error:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_spawn_command_line_on_screen ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@screen:
@command_line:
@error:
@Returns:
+2 -1
View File
@@ -220,7 +220,8 @@ events for this application are reported as normal, but pointer events outside
this application are reported with respect to @window and only if selected by
@event_mask. In either mode, unreported events are discarded.
@event_mask: specifies the event mask, which is used in accordance with
@owner_events.
@owner_events. Note that only pointer events (i.e. button and motion events)
may be selected.
@confine_to: If non-%NULL, the pointer will be confined to this
window during the grab. If the pointer is outside @confine_to, it will
automatically be moved to the closest edge of @confine_to and enter
+1 -1
View File
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ is provided.
@window: a #GdkWindow.
@property: the property to retrieve.
@type: the desired property type, or 0, if any type of data
@type: the desired property type, or %GDK_NONE, if any type of data
is acceptable. If this does not match the actual
type, then @actual_format and @actual_length will
be filled in, a warning will be printed to stderr
+9
View File
@@ -291,3 +291,12 @@ used directly &mdash; consider it private.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_threads_set_lock_functions ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@enter_fn:
@leave_fn:
+26
View File
@@ -741,6 +741,15 @@ Registers a window as a potential drop destination.
@override_redirect:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_accept_focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@window:
@accept_focus:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_add_filter ##### -->
<para>
@@ -1220,6 +1229,15 @@ Like the X Window System, GDK supports 8 modifier keys and 5 mouse buttons.
@leader:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_group ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@window:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_decorations ##### -->
<para>
@@ -1322,3 +1340,11 @@ Applications should never have any reason to use this facility
@Returns:
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gdk-docs.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
End:
-->
@@ -507,6 +507,16 @@ Since: 2.2
@display:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@display:
@event_base:
@n_events:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_x11_drawable_get_xdisplay ##### -->
<para>
+9
View File
@@ -26,13 +26,18 @@ IGNORE_HFILES= \
fnmatch.h \
gdk-pixbuf-loader.h \
gtkcellrendererseptext.h \
gtkcellview.h \
gtkcellviewmenuitem.h \
gtkdebug.h \
gtkentryprivate.h \
gtkfilechooserdefault.h \
gtkfilechooserentry.h \
gtkfilechooserprivate.h \
gtkfilechooserutils.h \
gtkfilesystem.h \
gtkfilesystemmodel.h \
gtkfilesystemunix.h \
gtkfilesystemwin32.h \
gtkhsv.h \
gtkiconthemeparser.h \
gtkimmodule.h \
@@ -54,6 +59,7 @@ IGNORE_HFILES= \
gtktextutil.h \
gtktypebuiltins.h \
gtkxembed.h \
xdgmime \
xembed.h \
gtktoggleactionprivate.h
@@ -85,6 +91,8 @@ content_files = \
changes-2.0.sgml \
compiling.sgml \
framebuffer.sgml \
migrating-checklist.sgml \
migrating-GtkAction.sgml \
migrating-GtkFileChooser.sgml \
objects_grouped.sgml \
question_index.sgml \
@@ -108,6 +116,7 @@ HTML_IMAGES = \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_copy_24.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_cut_24.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_trash_24.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_dialog_authentication_48.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_dialog_error_48.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_dialog_info_48.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_dialog_question_48.png \
+6 -4
View File
@@ -179,7 +179,9 @@
<!ENTITY gtk-Questions SYSTEM "question_index.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-Changes-1-2 SYSTEM "changes-1.2.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-Changes-2-0 SYSTEM "changes-2.0.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-migrating-checklist SYSTEM "migrating-checklist.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-migrating-GtkFileChooser SYSTEM "migrating-GtkFileChooser.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-migrating-GtkAction SYSTEM "migrating-GtkAction.sgml">
<!ENTITY version SYSTEM "version.xml">
<!ENTITY gtk-query-immodules SYSTEM "gtk-query-immodules-2.0.xml">
]>
@@ -281,11 +283,8 @@ that is, GUI components such as <link linkend="GtkButton">GtkButton</link> or
&gtk-Windows;
&gtk-Framebuffer;
&gtk-X11;
&gtk-Changes-1-2;
&gtk-Changes-2-0;
&gtk-Resources;
&gtk-Questions;
</part>
@@ -309,7 +308,6 @@ that is, GUI components such as <link linkend="GtkButton">GtkButton</link> or
&gtk-Feature-Test-Macros;
&gtk-Signals;
&gtk-Types;
</part>
<part id="gtkobjects">
@@ -544,7 +542,11 @@ that is, GUI components such as <link linkend="GtkButton">GtkButton</link> or
</para>
</partintro>
&gtk-migrating-checklist;
&gtk-Changes-1-2;
&gtk-Changes-2-0;
&gtk-migrating-GtkFileChooser;
&gtk-migrating-GtkAction;
</part>
<part>
+67 -19
View File
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ GtkAccelGroupFindFunc
gtk_accel_group_disconnect
gtk_accel_group_disconnect_key
gtk_accel_group_query
gtk_accel_group_activate
gtk_accel_group_lock
gtk_accel_group_unlock
gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure
@@ -45,6 +46,7 @@ GTK_ACCEL_GROUP_GET_CLASS
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtkaccelmap</FILE>
<TITLE>Accelerator Maps</TITLE>
GtkAccelMap
GtkAccelMapForeach
gtk_accel_map_add_entry
gtk_accel_map_lookup_entry
@@ -57,6 +59,19 @@ gtk_accel_map_save_fd
gtk_accel_map_load_scanner
gtk_accel_map_add_filter
gtk_accel_map_foreach_unfiltered
gtk_accel_map_get
gtk_accel_map_lock_path
gtk_accel_map_unlock_path
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_ACCEL_MAP
GTK_TYPE_ACCEL_MAP
GTK_IS_ACCEL_MAP
GTK_ACCEL_MAP_CLASS
GTK_IS_ACCEL_MAP_CLASS
GTK_ACCEL_MAP_GET_CLASS
GtkAccelMapClass
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_accel_map_get_type
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@@ -102,7 +117,12 @@ gtk_accessible_get_type
<FILE>gtkaction</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkAction</TITLE>
GtkAction
gtk_action_new
gtk_action_get_name
gtk_action_is_sensitive
gtk_action_get_sensitive
gtk_action_is_visible
gtk_action_get_visible
gtk_action_activate
gtk_action_create_icon
gtk_action_create_menu_item
@@ -135,9 +155,14 @@ GtkActionPrivate
GtkActionGroup
gtk_action_group_new
gtk_action_group_get_name
gtk_action_group_get_sensitive
gtk_action_group_set_sensitive
gtk_action_group_get_visible
gtk_action_group_set_visible
gtk_action_group_get_action
gtk_action_group_list_actions
gtk_action_group_add_action
gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel
gtk_action_group_remove_action
GtkActionEntry
gtk_action_group_add_actions
@@ -330,6 +355,8 @@ gtk_button_get_use_underline
gtk_button_set_use_underline
gtk_button_set_focus_on_click
gtk_button_get_focus_on_click
gtk_button_set_alignment
gtk_button_get_alignment
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_BUTTON
@@ -649,12 +676,17 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column
gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column
gtk_combo_box_get_active
gtk_combo_box_set_active
gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter
gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter
gtk_combo_box_get_model
gtk_combo_box_set_model
gtk_combo_box_new_text
gtk_combo_box_append_text
gtk_combo_box_insert_text
gtk_combo_box_prepend_text
gtk_combo_box_remove_text
gtk_combo_box_popup
gtk_combo_box_popdown
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_TYPE_COMBO_BOX
GTK_COMBO_BOX
@@ -672,6 +704,8 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_type
<TITLE>GtkComboBoxEntry</TITLE>
GtkComboBoxEntry
gtk_combo_box_entry_new
gtk_combo_box_entry_new_with_model
gtk_combo_box_entry_set_text_column
gtk_combo_box_entry_get_text_column
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_TYPE_COMBO_BOX_ENTRY
@@ -1012,7 +1046,6 @@ GTK_ENTRY_COMPLETION_CLASS
GTK_IS_ENTRY_COMPLETION
GTK_IS_ENTRY_COMPLETION_CLASS
GTK_ENTRY_COMPLETION_GET_CLASS
GTK_ENTRY_COMPLETION_GET_PRIVATE
<SUBSECTION Private>
GtkEntryCompletionPrivate
gtk_entry_completion_get_type
@@ -1052,6 +1085,8 @@ gtk_expander_set_label
gtk_expander_get_label
gtk_expander_set_use_underline
gtk_expander_get_use_underline
gtk_expander_set_use_markup
gtk_expander_get_use_markup
gtk_expander_set_label_widget
gtk_expander_get_label_widget
<SUBSECTION Standard>
@@ -1145,6 +1180,7 @@ GtkFileChooserDialogPrivate
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtkfilechooserwidget</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkFileChooserWidget</TITLE>
GtkFileChooserWidget
gtk_file_chooser_widget_new
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_WIDGET
@@ -1940,6 +1976,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_remove_action_group
gtk_ui_manager_get_action_groups
gtk_ui_manager_get_accel_group
gtk_ui_manager_get_widget
gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels
gtk_ui_manager_get_action
gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_string
gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_file
@@ -1974,6 +2011,7 @@ gtk_menu_shell_select_item
gtk_menu_shell_select_first
gtk_menu_shell_deselect
gtk_menu_shell_activate_item
gtk_menu_shell_cancel
GtkMenuDirectionType
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_MENU_SHELL
@@ -1994,6 +2032,7 @@ GtkMessageType
GtkButtonsType
gtk_message_dialog_new
gtk_message_dialog_new_with_markup
gtk_message_dialog_set_markup
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG
GTK_IS_MESSAGE_DIALOG
@@ -2162,6 +2201,8 @@ gtk_paned_add2
gtk_paned_gutter_size
gtk_paned_pack1
gtk_paned_pack2
gtk_paned_get_child1
gtk_paned_get_child2
gtk_paned_set_gutter_size
gtk_paned_set_position
gtk_paned_get_position
@@ -2314,6 +2355,7 @@ gtk_progress_bar_get_type
<FILE>gtkradioaction</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkRadioAction</TITLE>
GtkRadioAction
gtk_radio_action_new
gtk_radio_action_get_group
gtk_radio_action_set_group
gtk_radio_action_get_current_value
@@ -2360,6 +2402,9 @@ GtkRadioMenuItem
gtk_radio_menu_item_new
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_from_widget
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label_from_widget
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget
gtk_radio_menu_item_group
gtk_radio_menu_item_set_group
gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group
@@ -2434,6 +2479,8 @@ gtk_scale_set_value_pos
gtk_scale_get_digits
gtk_scale_get_draw_value
gtk_scale_get_value_pos
gtk_scale_get_layout
gtk_scale_get_layout_offsets
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_SCALE
GTK_IS_SCALE
@@ -3096,6 +3143,7 @@ gtk_tips_query_get_type
<FILE>gtktoggleaction</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkToggleAction</TITLE>
GtkToggleAction
gtk_toggle_action_new
gtk_toggle_action_toggled
gtk_toggle_action_set_active
gtk_toggle_action_get_active
@@ -3155,6 +3203,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_item_index
gtk_toolbar_get_n_items
gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item
gtk_toolbar_get_drop_index
gtk_toolbar_set_drop_highlight_item
gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow
gtk_toolbar_set_orientation
gtk_toolbar_set_tooltips
@@ -3240,6 +3289,8 @@ GtkToolItemPrivate
<TITLE>GtkSeparatorToolItem</TITLE>
GtkSeparatorToolItem
gtk_separator_tool_item_new
gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw
gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_TYPE_SEPARATOR_TOOL_ITEM
@@ -3251,6 +3302,7 @@ GTK_SEPARATOR_TOOL_ITEM_GET_CLASS
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_separator_tool_item_get_type
GtkSeparatorToolItemPrivate
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@@ -3341,6 +3393,8 @@ gtk_tooltips_set_delay
gtk_tooltips_set_tip
gtk_tooltips_data_get
gtk_tooltips_force_window
gtk_tooltips_get_info_from_tip_window
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_TOOLTIPS
GTK_IS_TOOLTIPS
@@ -3816,24 +3870,6 @@ GTK_TREE_VIEW_GET_CLASS
gtk_tree_view_get_type
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtktreednd</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkTreeView drag-and-drop</TITLE>
GtkTreeDragDest
GtkTreeDragSource
GtkTreeDragDestIface
GtkTreeDragSourceIface
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_IS_TREE_DRAG_DEST
GTK_IS_TREE_DRAG_SOURCE
GTK_TREE_DRAG_DEST
GTK_TREE_DRAG_DEST_GET_IFACE
GTK_TREE_DRAG_SOURCE
GTK_TREE_DRAG_SOURCE_GET_IFACE
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtkcelllayout</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkCellLayout</TITLE>
@@ -3842,6 +3878,7 @@ GtkCellLayoutIface
GtkCellLayoutDataFunc
gtk_cell_layout_pack_start
gtk_cell_layout_pack_end
gtk_cell_layout_reorder
gtk_cell_layout_clear
gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes
gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute
@@ -3866,6 +3903,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_size
gtk_cell_renderer_render
gtk_cell_renderer_activate
gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing
gtk_cell_renderer_editing_canceled
gtk_cell_renderer_get_fixed_size
gtk_cell_renderer_set_fixed_size
@@ -4189,6 +4227,7 @@ gtk_widget_add_accelerator
gtk_widget_remove_accelerator
gtk_widget_set_accel_path
gtk_widget_list_accel_closures
gtk_widget_can_activate_accel
gtk_widget_event
gtk_widget_activate
gtk_widget_reparent
@@ -4366,6 +4405,7 @@ gtk_window_set_role
gtk_window_set_type_hint
gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint
gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint
gtk_window_set_accept_focus
gtk_window_get_decorated
gtk_window_get_default_icon_list
gtk_window_get_default_size
@@ -4384,6 +4424,7 @@ gtk_window_get_transient_for
gtk_window_get_type_hint
gtk_window_get_skip_taskbar_hint
gtk_window_get_skip_pager_hint
gtk_window_get_accept_focus
gtk_window_move
gtk_window_parse_geometry
gtk_window_reshow_with_initial_size
@@ -4727,6 +4768,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_type
GtkClipboard
GtkClipboardReceivedFunc
GtkClipboardTextReceivedFunc
GtkClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc
GtkClipboardGetFunc
GtkClipboardClearFunc
gtk_clipboard_get
@@ -4739,9 +4781,11 @@ gtk_clipboard_clear
gtk_clipboard_set_text
gtk_clipboard_request_contents
gtk_clipboard_request_text
gtk_clipboard_request_targets
gtk_clipboard_wait_for_contents
gtk_clipboard_wait_for_text
gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available
gtk_clipboard_wait_for_targets
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_CLIPBOARD
GTK_TYPE_CLIPBOARD
@@ -5030,8 +5074,10 @@ GTK_STOCK_GO_BACK
GTK_STOCK_GO_DOWN
GTK_STOCK_GO_FORWARD
GTK_STOCK_GO_UP
GTK_STOCK_HARDDISK
GTK_STOCK_HELP
GTK_STOCK_HOME
GTK_STOCK_INDENT
GTK_STOCK_INDEX
GTK_STOCK_ITALIC
GTK_STOCK_JUMP_TO
@@ -5040,6 +5086,7 @@ GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_FILL
GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_LEFT
GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE
GTK_STOCK_NETWORK
GTK_STOCK_NEW
GTK_STOCK_NO
GTK_STOCK_OK
@@ -5066,6 +5113,7 @@ GTK_STOCK_STRIKETHROUGH
GTK_STOCK_UNDELETE
GTK_STOCK_UNDERLINE
GTK_STOCK_UNDO
GTK_STOCK_UNINDENT
GTK_STOCK_YES
GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_100
GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_FIT
+1
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
gtk_accel_group_get_type
gtk_accel_map_get_type
gtk_accel_label_get_type
gtk_accessible_get_type
gtk_action_get_type
+388
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkAction">
<chapterinfo>
<author>
<firstname>Federico</firstname>
<surname>Mena-Quintero</surname>
<affiliation>
<address>
<email>federico@ximian.com</email>
</address>
</affiliation>
</author>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from old menu and toolbar systems to GtkAction</title>
<para>
Prior to GTK+ 2.4, there were several APIs in use to create menus
and toolbars. GTK+ itself included #GtkItemFactory, which was
historically used in the GIMP; libgnomeui provided the gnome-ui
set of macros; libbonoboui provided a complex mechanism to do menu
merging across embedded components. GTK+ 2.4 includes a system
for creating menus and toolbars, with merging of items, based
around the #GtkAction mechanism.
</para>
<section id="actions-and-action-groups">
<title>Actions and Action Groups</title>
<para>
A #GtkAction represents an operation that the user can perform
from the menus and toolbars of an application. It is similar to
"verbs" in other menu systems. A #GtkAction has a name, which
is its identifier, and it can have several widgets that
represent it in the user interface. For example, an action for
<symbol>EditCopy</symbol> can have a menu item as well as a
toolbar button associated to it. If there is nothing selected
in the document, the application can simply de-sensitize the
<symbol>EditCopy</symbol> action; this will cause both the menu
item and the toolbar button to be de-sensitized automatically.
Similarly, whenever the user selects the menu item or the
toolbar button associated to the <symbol>EditCopy</symbol>
action, the corresponding #GtkAction object will emit an
"activate" signal.
</para>
<para>
#GtkActionGroup is simply a group of #GtkAction objects. An
application may want to have several groups: one for global
actions such as "new document", "about", and "exit"; then one
group for each open document with actions specific to the
document, such as "cut", "copy", "paste", and "print".
</para>
<para>
Normal actions are simply commands, such as
<symbol>FileSave</symbol> or <symbol>EditCopy</symbol>. Toggle
actions can be active or inactive, such as
<symbol>FormatBold</symbol> or <symbol>ViewShowRulers</symbol>.
Radio actions define a set of items for which one and only one
can be active at a time, for example, {
<symbol>ViewHighQuality</symbol>,
<symbol>ViewNormalQuality</symbol>,
<symbol>ViewLowQuality</symbol> }.
</para>
</section>
<section id="ui-manager">
<title>User Interface Manager Object</title>
<para>
#GtkUIManager is an object that can construct menu and toolbar
widgets from an XML description. These widgets are in turn
associated to corresponding actions and action groups.
</para>
<para>
#GtkUIManager supports merging of menus and toolbars for
applications that have multiple components, each with separate
sets of commands. For example, a word processor that can embed
images may want to have toolbar buttons for Bold and Italic when
the cursor is on a text block, but Crop and Brightness/Contrast
buttons when the cursor is on an image. These actions, which
change depending on the state of the application, can be merged
and de-merged from a #GtkUIManager as appropriate.
</para>
</section>
<section id="migrating-gnomeuiinfo">
<title>Migrating from GnomeUIInfo</title>
<para>
Prior to GTK+ 2.4, some applications used the GnomeUIInfo
mechanism from
<filename>&lt;libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h&gt;</filename> to
define their menus and toolbars. With it, a program decleres an
array of <structname>GnomeUIInfo</structname> structures, which
contain information for menu or toolbar items such as their
label, icon, and accelerator key. Then, one calls
<function>gnome_app_fill_menu()</function> or
<function>gnome_app_fill_toolbar()</function>, or one of the
related functions, to create the appropriate widgets based on
these structures.
</para>
<para>
A downside of this API is that the same structures are used to
pass back pointers to the widgets that got created. This means
that the structures cannot simply be kept around if the program
requires multiple instances of the user interface (e.g. several
windows); each new invocation of
<function>gnome_app_fill_menu()</function> would overwrite the
widget fields of the structures.
</para>
<para>
Another disadvantage is that there is no automatic way to
synchronize the state of related controls. If there are toolbar
toogle buttons for "Bold", "Italic", "Underline", and also
corresponding menu items under "Format/Bold", etc., one has to
synchronize their toggled states by hand whenever the user
selects any one of them.
</para>
<para>
Finally, there is no way to do menu and toolbar merging for
applications that require embedded components.
</para>
<para>
To convert an application that uses GnomeUIInfo into the new
GtkAction mechanism, you need to do several things:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Separate your existing GnomeUIInfo entries into normal
actions, toggle actions, and radio actions, and then create a
separate array of #GtkActionEntry structures for each
group. This will allow you to create the necessary
#GtkActionGroup objects. Note that this does not describe
the actual "shape" that your menus and toolbars will have;
it simply defines the set of commands that will appear in them.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Create an XML description of your menus and toolbars for use
with #GtkUIManager. This defines the actual shape of the
menus and toolbars.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Port the code that uses gnome-app and gnome-app-helper to
#GtkAction and #GtkUIManager.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-example">
<title>GnomeUIInfo Example</title>
<para>
The following code shows a declaration of a simple menu bar to
be used with <function>gnome_app_fill_menu()</function> or
similar. The menu hierarchy looks like this:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guimenu>File</guimenu></para>
<simplelist>
<member><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>&mdash;</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></member>
</simplelist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guimenu>View</guimenu></para>
<simplelist>
<member><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>&mdash;</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>[ ] Full Screen</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>&mdash;</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>( ) High Quality</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>( ) Normal Quality</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>( ) Low Quality</guimenuitem></member>
</simplelist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<programlisting>
static GnomeUIInfo file_menu_items[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_Open", "Open a file",
open_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_OPEN,
'o', GDK_CONTROL_MASK, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "E_xit", "Exit the program",
exit_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_QUIT,
'q', GDK_CONTROL_MASK, NULL},
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
};
static GnomeUIInfo view_radio_items[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_High Quality", "Display images in high quality, slow mode",
high_quality_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,
0, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_Normal Quality", "Display images in normal quality",
normal_quality_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,
0, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_Low Quality", "Display images in low quality, fast mode",
low_quality_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,
0, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
};
static GnomeUIInfo view_menu_items[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "Zoom _In", "Zoom into the image",
zoom_in_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_IN,
GDK_PLUS, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "Zoom _Out", "Zoom away from the image",
zoom_out_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_OUT,
GDK_MINUS, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, "_Full Screen", "Switch between full screen and windowed mode",
full_screen_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,
GDK_F11, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_RADIOITEMS, NULL, NULL, view_radio_items },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
};
static GnomeUIInfo menubar[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE, "_File", NULL, file_menu_items },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE, "_View", NULL, view_menu_items },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
}
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-action-entries">
<title><structname>GtkActionEntry</structname> Structures</title>
<para>
The following code is the set of actions that are present in
the <link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-example">previous
example</link>. Note that the toggle and radio entries are
separate from normal actions. Also, note that #GtkActionEntry
structures take key names in the format of
gdk_accelerator_parse() rather than key values plus modifiers;
you will have to convert these values by hand. For example,
<constant>GDK_F11</constant> with no modifiers is equivalent
to a key name of <literal>"F11"</literal>. Likewise,
<literal>"o"</literal> with
<constant>GDK_CONTROL_MASK</constant> is equivalent to
<literal>"&lt;ontrol&gt;O"</literal>.
</para>
<programlisting>
/* Normal items */
static GtkActionEntry entries[] = {
{ "FileMenu", NULL, "_File" },
{ "ViewMenu", NULL, "_View" },
{ "Open", GTK_STOCK_OPEN, "_Open", "&lt;control&gt;O", "Open a file", open_action_callback },
{ "Exit", GTK_STOCK_OPEN, "E_xit", "&lt;control&gt;Q", "Exit the program", exit_action_callback },
{ "ZoomIn", GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_IN, "Zoom _In", "plus", "Zoom into the image", zoom_in_action_callback },
{ "ZoomOut", GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_OUT, "Zoom _Out", "minus", "Zoom away from the image", zoom_out_action_callback },
};
/* Toggle items */
static GtkToggleActionEntry toggle_entries[] = {
{ "FullScreen", NULL, "_Full Screen", "F11", "Switch between full screen and windowed mode", full_screen_action_callback, FALSE }
};
/* Radio items */
static GtkRadioActionEntry radio_entries[] = {
{ "HighQuality", NULL, "_High Quality", NULL, "Display images in high quality, slow mode", 0 },
{ "NormalQuality", NULL, "_Normal Quality", NULL, "Display images in normal quality", 1 },
{ "LowQuality", NULL, "_Low Quality", NULL, "Display images in low quality, fast mode", 2 }
};
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-xml">
<title>XML Description</title>
<para>
After extracting the actions, you will need to create an XML
description of the actual layout of your menus and toolbars
for use with #GtkUIManager. The following code shows a simple
menu bar that corresponds to the <link
linkend="gnomeuiinfo-example">previous example</link>. Note
that the <guimenu>File</guimenu> and <guimenu>View</guimenu>
menus have their names specified in the <link
linkend="gnomeuiinfo-action-entries">action entries</link>,
not in the XML itself. This is because the XML description
only contains <emphasis>identifiers</emphasis> for the items
in the GUI, rather than human-readable names.
</para>
<programlisting>
static const char *ui_description =
"&lt;ui&gt;"
" &lt;menubar name="MainMenu"&gt;"
" &lt;menu action="FileMenu"&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="Open"/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="Exit"/&gt;"
" &lt;/menu&gt;"
" &lt;menu action="ViewMenu"&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="ZoomIn"/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="ZoomOut"/&gt;"
" &lt;separator/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="FullScreen"/&gt;"
" &lt;separator/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="HighQuality"/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="NormalQuality"/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="LowQuality"/&gt;"
" &lt;/menu&gt;"
" &lt;/menubar&gt;"
"&lt;/ui&gt;";
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-code">
<title>Creating the Menu Bar</title>
<para>
In this last example, we will create a #GtkActionGroup based
on the <link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-action-entries">action
entries</link> we created above. We will then create a
#GtkUIManager with the <link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-xml">XML
description</link> of the menu layout. We will also extract
the accelerator group and the widgets from the #GtkUIManager
put them into a window.
</para>
<programlisting>
GtkWidget *window;
GtkWidget *vbox;
GtkWidget *menubar;
GtkActionGroup *action_group;
GtkUIManager *ui_manager;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
GError *error;
window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
action_group = gtk_action_group_new ("MenuActions");
gtk_action_group_add_actions (action_group, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), window);
gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions (action_group, toggle_entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (toggle_entries), window);
gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions (action_group, radio_entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (radio_entries), 0, radio_action_callback, window);
ui_manager = gtk_ui_manager_new ();
gtk_ui_manager_insert_action_group (ui_manager, action_group, 0);
accel_group = gtk_ui_manager_get_accel_group (ui_manager);
gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (window), accel_group);
error = NULL;
if (!gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_string (ui_manager, ui_description, -1, &amp;error))
{
g_message ("building menus failed: %s", error-&gt;message);
g_error_free (error);
exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
menubar = gtk_ui_manager_get_widget ("/MainMenu");
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), menubar, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
gtk_widget_show_all (window);
</programlisting>
</example>
</section>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkFileChooser">
<chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from GtkFileSelection to GtkFileChooser</title>
<author>
<firstname>Federico</firstname>
<surname>Mena-Quintero</surname>
@@ -12,6 +11,8 @@
</author>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from GtkFileSelection to GtkFileChooser</title>
<para>
#GtkFileChooser, starting with GTK+ 2.4, is the new set of APIs
for file selection widgets and dialogs. Previous versions of GTK+
+294
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-checklist">
<title>Migration Checklist</title>
<para>
This chapter includes a checklist of things you need to do to
ensure that your programs are good citizens in the GTK+ world. By
paying attention to the points in the checklist, you ensure that
many automatic features of GTK+ will work correctly in your
program.
</para>
<section id="checklist-popup-menu">
<title>Implement GtkWidget::popup_menu</title>
<formalpara>
<title>Why</title>
<para>
By handling this signal, you let widgets have
context-sensitive menus that can be invoked with the standard
key bindings.
</para>
</formalpara>
<para>
The <link
linkend="GtkWidget-popup-menu">GtkWidget::popup_menu</link>
signal instructs the widget for which it is emitted to create a
context-sensitive popup menu. By default, the <link
linkend="gtk-bindings">key binding mechanism</link> is set to
emit this signal when the
<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
or <keycap>Menu</keycap> keys are pressed while a widget has the
focus. If a widget in your application shows a popup menu when
you press a mouse button, you can make it work as well through
the normal key binding mechanism in the following fahion:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Write a function to create and show a popup menu. This
function needs to know the button number and the event's
time to pass them to gtk_menu_popup(). You can implement
such a function like this:
</para>
<programlisting id="do_popup_menu">
static void
do_popup_menu (GtkWidget *my_widget, GdkEventButton *event)
{
GtkWidget *menu;
int button, event_time;
menu = gtk_menu_new ();
g_signal_connect (menu, "deactivate",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), NULL);
/* ... add menu items ... */
if (event)
{
button = event->button;
event_time = event->time;
}
else
{
button = 0;
event_time = gtk_get_current_event_time ();
}
gtk_menu_popup (GTK_MENU (popup), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
button, event_time);
}
</programlisting>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
In your button_press handler, call this function when you
need to pop up a menu:
</para>
<programlisting>
static gboolean
my_widget_button_press_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event)
{
/* Ignore double-clicks and triple-clicks */
if (event->button == 3 &amp;&amp; event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS)
{
do_popup_menu (widget, event);
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
</programlisting>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Implement a handler for the popup_menu signal:
</para>
<programlisting>
static gboolean
my_widget_popup_menu_handler (GtkWidget *widget)
{
do_popup_menu (widget, NULL);
return TRUE;
}
</programlisting>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<note>
<para>
If you do not pass a positioning function to gtk_menu_popup(),
it will show the menu at the mouse position by default. This
is what you usually want when the menu is shown as a result of
pressing a mouse button. However, if you press the
<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
or <keycap>Menu</keycap> keys while the widget is focused, the
mouse cursor may not be near the widget at all. In the <link
linkend="do_popup_menu">example above</link>, you may want to
provide your own <link
linkend="GtkMenuPositionFunc">menu-positioning function</link>
in the case where the <parameter>event</parameter> is
<constant>NULL</constant>. This function should compute the
desired position for a menu when it is invoked through the
keyboard. For example, <xref linkend="GtkEntry"/> aligns the
top edge of its popup menu with the bottom edge of the entry.
</para>
</note>
<note>
<para>
For the standard key bindings to work, your widget must be
able to take the keyboard focus. In general, widgets should
be fully usable through the keyboard and not just the mouse.
The very first step of this is to ensure that your widget
turns on the <link
linkend="gtkwidgetflags"><constant>GTK_CAN_FOCUS</constant></link>
FLAG.
</para>
</note>
</section>
<section id="checklist-gdkeventexpose-region">
<title>Use GdkEventExpose.region</title>
<formalpara>
<title>Why</title>
<para>
The <structfield>region</structfield> field of
<structname>GdkEventExpose</structname> allows you to redraw
less than the traditional
<structfield>GdkEventRegion.area</structfield>.
</para>
</formalpara>
<para>
In GTK+ 1.x, the <structname>GdkEventExpose</structname>
structure only had an <structfield>area</structfield> field to
let you determine the region that you needed to redraw. In GTK+
2.x, this field exists for compatibility and as a simple
interface. However, there is also a
<structfield>region</structfield> field which contains a
fine-grained region. The <structfield>area</structfield> field
is simply the bounding rectangle of the
<structfield>region</structfield>.
</para>
<para>
Widgets that are very expensive to re-render, such as an image
editor, may prefer to use the
<structfield>GdkEventExpose.region</structfield> field to paint
as little as possible. Widgets that just use a few drawing
primitives, such as labels and buttons, may prefer to use the
traditional <structfield>GdkEventExpose.area</structfield> field
for simplicity.
</para>
<para>
Regions have an internal representation that is accessible as a
list of rectangles. To turn the
<structfield>GdkEventExpose.region</structfield> field into such
a list, use gdk_region_get_rectangles():
</para>
<programlisting id="gdkregion-get-rectangles">
static gboolean
my_widget_expose_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event)
{
GdkRectangle *rects;
int n_rects;
int i;
gdk_region_get_rectangles (event-&gt;region, &amp;rects, &amp;n_rects);
for (i = 0; i &lt; n_rects; i++)
{
/* Repaint rectangle: (rects[i].x, rects[i].y),
* (rects[i].width, rects[i].height)
*/
}
g_free (rects);
return FALSE;
}
</programlisting>
</section>
<section id="checklist-modifiers">
<title>Test for modifier keys correctly</title>
<formalpara>
<title>Why</title>
<para>
With
<function>gtk_accelerator_get_default_mod_mask()</function>
you can test for modifier keys reliably; this way your key
event handlers will work correctly even if
<keycap>NumLock</keycap> or <keycap>CapsLock</keycap> are
activated.
</para>
</formalpara>
<para>
In a <structname>GdkEventKey</structname>, the
<structfield>state</structfield> field is a bit mask which
indicates the modifier state at the time the key was pressed.
Modifiers are keys like <keycap>Control</keycap> and
<keycap>NumLock</keycap>. When implementing a <link
linkend="GtkWidget-key-press-event">GtkWidget::key_press_event</link>
handler, you should use
<function>gtk_accelerator_get_default_mod_mask()</function> to
test against modifier keys. This function returns a bit mask
which encompasses all the modifiers which the user may be
actively pressing, such as <keycap>Control</keycap>,
<keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Alt</keycap>, but ignores
"inocuous" modifiers such as <keycap>NumLock</keycap> and
<keycap>CapsLock</keycap>.
</para>
<para>
Say you want to see if
<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
was pressed. Doing a simple test like
<literal>event-&gt;keysym&nbsp;==&nbsp;GDK_F10 &amp;&amp;
event->state&nbsp;==&nbsp;GDK_CONTROL_MASK</literal> is not
enough. If <keycap>CapsLock</keycap> is pressed, then
<structfield>event-&gt;state</structfield> will be equal to
<literal>GDK_CONTROL_MASK | GDK_LOCK_MASK</literal>, and the
simple test will fail. By taking the logical-and of
<structfield>event->state</structfield> and
<function>gtk_accelerator_get_default_mod_mask()</function>, you
can ignore the modifiers which are not actively pressed by the
user at the same time as the base key.
</para>
<para>
The following example correctly tests for
<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
being pressed.
</para>
<programlisting id="default-mod-mask">
static gboolean
my_widget_key_press_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *event)
{
guint modifiers;
modifiers = gtk_accelerator_get_default_mod_mask ();
if (event-&gt;keysym == GDK_F10
&amp;&amp; (event-&gt;state &amp; modifiers) == GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
{
g_print ("Control-F10 was pressed\n");
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
</programlisting>
</section>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->
+22 -145
View File
@@ -525,27 +525,6 @@ This is a private struct used by GTK+ internally, don't worry about it.
@object:
@signal_id:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAccelGroup::accel-activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accelgroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accelgroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-object ##### -->
<para>
@@ -571,6 +550,22 @@ This is a private struct used by GTK+ internally, don't worry about it.
@old_accel_key:
@old_accel_mods:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::connect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::disconnect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkArgGetFunc ##### -->
<para>
Define a function pointer. Deprecated.
@@ -838,6 +833,12 @@ You may not attach these to signals created with the
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileChooser:file-system ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkFontFilterType ##### -->
<para>
A set of bit flags used to specify the filter being set
@@ -1086,138 +1087,24 @@ after other user handlers and the default handler.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-can-change-accels ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-color-palette ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-cursor-blink ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-cursor-blink-time ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-dnd-drag-threshold ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-double-click-time ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-entry-select-on-focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-icon-sizes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-icon-theme-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-key-theme-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-bar-accel ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-bar-popout-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-bar-popup-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-popdown-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-popout-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-popup-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-submenu-hysteresis ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-split-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-theme-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-toolbar-icon-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-toolbar-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkSettingsClass ##### -->
<para>
@@ -1567,16 +1454,6 @@ If the window shrinks automatically when widgets within it shrink.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accel_group:
@accel_key:
@accel_mods:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_add ##### -->
<para>
@@ -37,6 +37,27 @@ An object representing and maintaining a group of accelerators.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAccelGroup::accel-activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accelgroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accelgroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -145,6 +166,19 @@ Deprecated equivalent of g_object_unref().
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accel_group:
@accel_quark:
@acceleratable:
@accel_key:
@accel_mods:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_lock ##### -->
<para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -85,6 +85,16 @@ should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-closure ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_label_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkAccelLabel.
@@ -145,13 +155,3 @@ accelerators are added or removed from the associated widget.
@Returns: always returns %FALSE.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-closure ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+40
View File
@@ -14,6 +14,22 @@ Loadable keyboard accelerator specifications
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkAccelMap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAccelMap::changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accelmap: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkAccelMapForeach ##### -->
<para>
@@ -124,3 +140,27 @@ Loadable keyboard accelerator specifications
@foreach_func:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_map_get ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_map_lock_path ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accel_path:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_map_unlock_path ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accel_path:
+115 -68
View File
@@ -55,6 +55,85 @@ and should not be accessed directly.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:action-group ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:hide-if-empty ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:is-important ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:short-label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:stock-id ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:tooltip ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:visible-horizontal ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:visible-vertical ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@name:
@label:
@tooltip:
@stock_id:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_get_name ##### -->
<para>
@@ -64,6 +143,42 @@ and should not be accessed directly.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_is_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_get_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_is_visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_get_visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_activate ##### -->
<para>
@@ -179,71 +294,3 @@ and should not be accessed directly.
@accel_group:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::connect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::disconnect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:hide-if-empty ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:is-important ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:short-label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:stock-id ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:tooltip ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -40,6 +40,55 @@ members and should not be accessed directly.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkActionGroup::connect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@actiongroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkActionGroup::disconnect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@actiongroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkActionGroup::post-activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@actiongroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkActionGroup::pre-activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@actiongroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkActionGroup:name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkActionGroup:sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkActionGroup:visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -58,6 +107,42 @@ members and should not be accessed directly.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_get_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_set_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@sensitive:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_get_visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_set_visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@visible:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_get_action ##### -->
<para>
@@ -86,6 +171,16 @@ members and should not be accessed directly.
@action:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@action:
@accelerator:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_remove_action ##### -->
<para>
+45 -15
View File
@@ -79,6 +79,51 @@ In a #GtkScrollbar this is the size of the area which is currently visible.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when one or more of the #GtkAdjustment fields have been changed,
other than the value field.
</para>
@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::value-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the #GtkAdjustment value field has been changed.
</para>
@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAdjustment:lower ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAdjustment:page-increment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAdjustment:page-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAdjustment:step-increment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAdjustment:upper ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAdjustment:value ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_adjustment_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkAdjustment.
@@ -153,18 +198,3 @@ changed the #GtkAdjustment value field.
@adjustment:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when one or more of the #GtkAdjustment fields have been changed,
other than the value field.
</para>
@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::value-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the #GtkAdjustment value field has been changed.
</para>
@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
+40 -40
View File
@@ -34,6 +34,46 @@ be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:bottom-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:left-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:right-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:top-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xscale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yscale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_alignment_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkAlignment.
@@ -96,43 +136,3 @@ unused space, from 0 to 1. The values are similar to @xscale.
@padding_right:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:bottom-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:left-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:right-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:top-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xscale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yscale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -57,6 +57,16 @@ an application.)
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:arrow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arrow_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new arrow widget.
@@ -77,13 +87,3 @@ Sets the direction and style of the #GtkArrow, @arrow.
@shadow_type: a valid #GtkShadowType.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:arrow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+20 -20
View File
@@ -26,6 +26,26 @@ a frame around the child. The frame will be
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:obey-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:ratio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_aspect_frame_new ##### -->
<para>
Create a new #GtkAspectFrame.
@@ -63,23 +83,3 @@ to 1.0 (right aligned)
ratio is taken from the requistion of the child.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:obey-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:ratio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+30 -30
View File
@@ -52,6 +52,36 @@ This is a read-only struct; no members should be modified directly.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:layout-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:secondary ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-internal-pad-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-internal-pad-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-min-height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-min-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_BUTTONBOX_DEFAULT ##### -->
<para>
Used internally only.
@@ -170,33 +200,3 @@ box.
@is_secondary:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:layout-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:secondary ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-internal-pad-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-internal-pad-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-min-height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-min-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+35 -35
View File
@@ -135,6 +135,41 @@ field.</entry>
@spacing:
@homogeneous:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:homogeneous ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:expand ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:fill ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:pack-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkBoxChild ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkBoxChild-struct holds a child widget of GtkBox and describes
@@ -373,38 +408,3 @@ field in #GtkBoxChild-struct.
in #GtkBoxChild-struct.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:homogeneous ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:expand ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:fill ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:pack-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+108 -78
View File
@@ -27,6 +27,106 @@ This should not be accessed directly. Use the accessor functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::clicked ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a button clicked on by the mouse and the cursor stays on the
button. If the cursor is not on the button when the mouse button is released,
the signal is not emitted.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::enter ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the mouse cursor enters the region of the button.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::leave ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the mouse cursor leaves the region of the button.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::pressed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the button is initially pressed.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::released ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a button which is pressed is released, no matter where the
mouse cursor is.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:focus-on-click ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:relief ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:use-stock ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:child-displacement-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:child-displacement-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:default-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:default-outside-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_button_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkButton widget. To add a child widget to the button,
@@ -202,93 +302,23 @@ Returns the current relief style of the given #GtkButton.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::activate ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_button_set_alignment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
@button:
@xalign:
@yalign:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::clicked ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a button clicked on by the mouse and the cursor stays on the
button. If the cursor is not on the button when the mouse button is released,
the signal is not emitted.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::enter ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the mouse cursor enters the region of the button.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::leave ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the mouse cursor leaves the region of the button.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::pressed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the button is initially pressed.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::released ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a button which is pressed is released, no matter where the
mouse cursor is.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:focus-on-click ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_button_get_alignment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:label ##### -->
<para>
@button:
@xalign:
@yalign:
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:relief ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:use-stock ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:child-displacement-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:child-displacement-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:default-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:default-outside-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+85 -85
View File
@@ -65,6 +65,91 @@ are 0-11) while <structfield>selected_day</structfield> is one-based
</note>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::day-selected ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user selects a day.
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::day-selected-double-click ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::month-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user clicks a button to change the selected month on a
calendar.
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::next-month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::next-year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::prev-month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::prev-year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:day ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:no-month-change ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-day-names ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-heading ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-week-numbers ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkCalendarDisplayOptions ##### -->
<para>
These options can be used to influence the display and behaviour of a #GtkCalendar.
@@ -191,88 +276,3 @@ gtk_calendar_freeze() are displayed.
@calendar: a #GtkCalendar.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::day-selected ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user selects a day.
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::day-selected-double-click ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::month-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user clicks a button to change the selected month on a
calendar.
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::next-month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::next-year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::prev-month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::prev-year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:day ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:no-month-change ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-day-names ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-heading ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-week-numbers ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+14 -14
View File
@@ -20,6 +20,20 @@ Interface for widgets which can are used for editing cells
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellEditable::editing-done ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@celleditable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellEditable::remove-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@celleditable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkCellEditableIface ##### -->
<para>
@@ -55,17 +69,3 @@ Interface for widgets which can are used for editing cells
@cell_editable:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellEditable::editing-done ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@celleditable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellEditable::remove-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@celleditable: the object which received the signal.
+22 -8
View File
@@ -2,11 +2,13 @@
GtkCellLayout
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
An interface for packing cells
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
#GtkCellLayout is an interface to be implemented by all objects which
want to provide a #GtkTreeViewColumn-like API for packing cells, setting
attributes and data funcs.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
@@ -32,17 +34,19 @@ GtkCellLayout
@add_attribute:
@set_cell_data_func:
@clear_attributes:
@reorder:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkCellLayoutDataFunc ##### -->
<para>
A function which should set the value of @cell_layout's cell renderer(s)
as appropriate.
</para>
@cell_layout:
@cell:
@tree_model:
@iter:
@data:
@cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
@cell: the cell renderer whose value is to be set
@tree_model: the model
@iter: a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to set the value for
@data: user data passed to gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func()
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_pack_start ##### -->
@@ -65,6 +69,16 @@ GtkCellLayout
@expand:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_reorder ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
@cell:
@position:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_clear ##### -->
<para>
+88 -73
View File
@@ -66,83 +66,12 @@ it cannot be individually modified.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_get_size ##### -->
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellRenderer::editing-canceled ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@widget:
@cell_area:
@x_offset:
@y_offset:
@width:
@height:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_render ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@window:
@widget:
@background_area:
@cell_area:
@expose_area:
@flags:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@event:
@widget:
@path:
@background_area:
@cell_area:
@flags:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@event:
@widget:
@path:
@background_area:
@cell_area:
@flags:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_get_fixed_size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@width:
@height:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_set_fixed_size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@width:
@height:
@cellrenderer: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:cell-background ##### -->
<para>
@@ -209,3 +138,89 @@ it cannot be individually modified.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_get_size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@widget:
@cell_area:
@x_offset:
@y_offset:
@width:
@height:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_render ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@window:
@widget:
@background_area:
@cell_area:
@expose_area:
@flags:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@event:
@widget:
@path:
@background_area:
@cell_area:
@flags:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@event:
@widget:
@path:
@background_area:
@cell_area:
@flags:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_editing_canceled ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_get_fixed_size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@width:
@height:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_set_fixed_size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell:
@width:
@height:
@@ -20,14 +20,6 @@ Renders a pixbuf in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf ##### -->
<para>
@@ -58,3 +50,11 @@ Renders a pixbuf in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
@@ -20,23 +20,6 @@ Renders text in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_text_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_fixed_height_from_font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@renderer:
@number_of_rows:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellRendererText::edited ##### -->
<para>
@@ -111,6 +94,16 @@ Renders text in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:language ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:language-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:markup ##### -->
<para>
@@ -136,6 +129,11 @@ Renders text in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:single-paragraph-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:size ##### -->
<para>
@@ -216,3 +214,20 @@ Renders text in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_text_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_fixed_height_from_font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@renderer:
@number_of_rows:
@@ -20,6 +20,34 @@ Renders a toggle button in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellRendererToggle::toggled ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cellrenderertoggle: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:activatable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:inconsistent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:radio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -64,31 +92,3 @@ Renders a toggle button in a cell
@setting:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellRendererToggle::toggled ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cellrenderertoggle: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:activatable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:inconsistent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:radio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -40,6 +40,16 @@ The important signal ('toggled') is also inherited from #GtkToggleButton.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckButton:indicator-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckButton:indicator-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_check_button_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkCheckButton.
@@ -66,13 +76,3 @@ Creates a new #GtkCheckButton with a #GtkLabel to the right of it.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckButton:indicator-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckButton:indicator-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+32 -27
View File
@@ -41,6 +41,38 @@ an application.)
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCheckMenuItem::toggled ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the state of the check box is changed.
</para>
<para>
A signal handler can examine the <structfield>active</structfield>
field of the #GtkCheckMenuItem-struct struct to discover the new state.
</para>
@checkmenuitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:draw-as-radio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:inconsistent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:indicator-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_check_menu_item_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkCheckMenuItem.
@@ -148,30 +180,3 @@ Emits the GtkCheckMenuItem::toggled signal.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCheckMenuItem::toggled ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the state of the check box is changed.
</para>
<para>
A signal handler can examine the <structfield>active</structfield>
field of the #GtkCheckMenuItem-struct struct to discover the new state.
</para>
@checkmenuitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:draw-as-radio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:inconsistent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+43 -6
View File
@@ -115,6 +115,20 @@ Storing data on clipboards
@data: the @user_data supplied to gtk_clipboard_request_text().
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc ##### -->
<para>
A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_targets()
are received, or when the request fails.
</para>
@clipboard: the #GtkClipboard
@atoms: the supported targets, as array of #GdkAtom, or %NULL
if retrieving the data failed.
@n_atoms: the length of the @atoms array.
@data: the @user_data supplied to gtk_clipboard_request_targets().
@Since: 2.4
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkClipboardGetFunc ##### -->
<para>
A function that will be called to provide the contents of the selection.
@@ -253,6 +267,16 @@ will not be used again.
@user_data:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_clipboard_request_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clipboard:
@callback:
@user_data:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_clipboard_wait_for_contents ##### -->
<para>
@@ -269,12 +293,7 @@ will not be used again.
</para>
@clipboard:
@Returns: <!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
End:
-->
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available ##### -->
@@ -286,3 +305,21 @@ End:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_clipboard_wait_for_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clipboard:
@targets:
@n_targets:
@Returns:
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
End:
-->
+191 -191
View File
@@ -22,6 +22,197 @@ only private data, and should be accessed only via the CList API.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::abort-column-resize ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column resize is aborted.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::click-column ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column title is clicked.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@column: The number of the column.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::end-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a selection ends in a
multiple selection CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::extend-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the selection is extended.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of any scrolling operation the
occured during the selection.
@position: A value between 0.0 and 1.0.
@auto_start_selection: %TRUE or %FALSE.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::resize-column ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column is resized.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@column: The number of the column
@width: The new width of the column.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::row-move ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a row is moved.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@arg1: The source position of the row.
@arg2: The destination position of the row.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::scroll-horizontal ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the CList is scrolled horizontally.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of how the scroll operation occured.
@position: a value between 0.0 and 1.0.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::scroll-vertical ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the CList is scrolled vertically.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of how the scroll operation occured.
@position: A value between 0.0 and 1.0.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::select-all ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when all the rows are selected in a CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::select-row ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user selects a row in the list.
It is emitted for every row that is selected in a multi-selection or
by calling gtk_clist_select_all().
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@row: The row selected.
@column: The column where the selection occured.
@event: A #GdkEvent structure for the selection.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::set-scroll-adjustments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::start-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a drag-selection is started in
a multiple-selection CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::toggle-add-mode ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when "add mode" is toggled.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::toggle-focus-row ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::undo-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when an undo selection occurs in the CList,
probably via calling gtk_clist_undo_selection().
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::unselect-all ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when all rows are unselected in a CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::unselect-row ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user unselects a row in the list.
It is emitted for every row that is unselected in a multi-selection or
by calling gtk_clist_unselect_all(). It is also emitted for the
previously selected row in a "single" or "browse" mode CList.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@row: The selected row
@column: The column where the selection occured.
@event:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:n-columns ##### -->
<para>
An integer value for a column.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:reorderable ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for determining if the user can re-order the CList's
columns.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:row-height ##### -->
<para>
An integer value representing the height of a row in pixels.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:selection-mode ##### -->
<para>
Sets the type of selection mode for the CList.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
Sets the shadowing for the CList.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:sort-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:titles-active ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for setting whether the column titles can be
clicked.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:use-drag-icons ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for setting whether to use icons during drag
operations.
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkCellType ##### -->
<para>
Identifies the type of element in the current cell of the CList. Cells can
@@ -1111,194 +1302,3 @@ aspect of the #GtkCList widget.
@adjustment: A pointer to a #GtkAdjustment widget, or NULL.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::abort-column-resize ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column resize is aborted.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::click-column ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column title is clicked.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@column: The number of the column.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::end-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a selection ends in a
multiple selection CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::extend-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the selection is extended.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of any scrolling operation the
occured during the selection.
@position: A value between 0.0 and 1.0.
@auto_start_selection: %TRUE or %FALSE.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::resize-column ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column is resized.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@column: The number of the column
@width: The new width of the column.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::row-move ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a row is moved.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@arg1: The source position of the row.
@arg2: The destination position of the row.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::scroll-horizontal ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the CList is scrolled horizontally.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of how the scroll operation occured.
@position: a value between 0.0 and 1.0.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::scroll-vertical ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the CList is scrolled vertically.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of how the scroll operation occured.
@position: A value between 0.0 and 1.0.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::select-all ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when all the rows are selected in a CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::select-row ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user selects a row in the list.
It is emitted for every row that is selected in a multi-selection or
by calling gtk_clist_select_all().
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@row: The row selected.
@column: The column where the selection occured.
@event: A #GdkEvent structure for the selection.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::set-scroll-adjustments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::start-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a drag-selection is started in
a multiple-selection CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::toggle-add-mode ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when "add mode" is toggled.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::toggle-focus-row ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::undo-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when an undo selection occurs in the CList,
probably via calling gtk_clist_undo_selection().
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::unselect-all ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when all rows are unselected in a CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::unselect-row ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user unselects a row in the list.
It is emitted for every row that is unselected in a multi-selection or
by calling gtk_clist_unselect_all(). It is also emitted for the
previously selected row in a "single" or "browse" mode CList.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@row: The selected row
@column: The column where the selection occured.
@event:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:n-columns ##### -->
<para>
An integer value for a column.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:reorderable ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for determining if the user can re-order the CList's
columns.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:row-height ##### -->
<para>
An integer value representing the height of a row in pixels.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:selection-mode ##### -->
<para>
Sets the type of selection mode for the CList.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
Sets the shadowing for the CList.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:sort-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:titles-active ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for setting whether the column titles can be
clicked.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:use-drag-icons ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for setting whether to use icons during drag
operations.
</para>
+27 -27
View File
@@ -21,6 +21,33 @@ selection dialog to change the color. It is suitable widget for selecting a colo
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkColorButton::color-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@colorbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:color ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:use-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_color_button_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -110,30 +137,3 @@ selection dialog to change the color. It is suitable widget for selecting a colo
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkColorButton::color-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@colorbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:color ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:use-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+28 -28
View File
@@ -25,6 +25,34 @@ and should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkColorSelection::color-changed ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the color changes in the #GtkColorSelection
according to its update policy.
</para>
@colorselection: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:current-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:current-color ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:has-opacity-control ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:has-palette ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_color_selection_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -258,31 +286,3 @@ time.
@color:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkColorSelection::color-changed ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the color changes in the #GtkColorSelection
according to its update policy.
</para>
@colorselection: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:current-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:current-color ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:has-opacity-control ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:has-palette ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+103 -107
View File
@@ -23,6 +23,9 @@ By default, the user can step through the items in the list using the
arrow (cursor) keys, though this behaviour can be turned off with
gtk_combo_set_use_arrows().
</para>
<para>
As of GTK+ 2.4, #GtkCombo has been deprecated in favor of #GtkComboBox.
</para>
<example id="gtkcombo-simple-example">
<title>Creating a <structname>GtkCombo</structname> widget with simple text
@@ -85,115 +88,10 @@ items.</title>
The #GtkFixedChild-struct struct contains the following fields.
(These fields should be considered read-only. They should never be set by
an application.)
<informaltable pgwide="1" frame="none" role="struct">
<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"/><colspec colwidth="8*"/>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>#GtkWidget *entry;</entry>
<entry>the text entry field.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>#GtkWidget *list;</entry>
<entry>the list shown in the drop-down window.</entry>
</row>
</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
</para>
@entry:
@list:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkCombo.
</para>
@Returns: a new #GtkCombo.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings ##### -->
<para>
Convenience function to set all of the items in the popup list.
(See the <link linkend="gtkcombo-simple-example">example</link> above.)
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@strings: a list of strings.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_value_in_list ##### -->
<para>
Specifies whether the value entered in the text entry field must match one of
the values in the list. If this is set then the user will not be able to
perform any other action until a valid value has been entered.
</para>
<para>
If an empty field is acceptable, the @ok_if_empty parameter should be %TRUE.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@val: %TRUE if the value entered must match one of the values in the list.
@ok_if_empty: %TRUE if an empty value is considered valid.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_use_arrows ##### -->
<para>
Specifies if the arrow (cursor) keys can be used to step through the items in
the list. This is on by default.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@val: %TRUE if the arrow keys can be used to step through the items in the list.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_use_arrows_always ##### -->
<para>
Obsolete function, does nothing.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@val: unused
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_case_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
Specifies whether the text entered into the #GtkEntry field and the text in
the list items is case sensitive.
</para>
<para>
This may be useful, for example, when you have called
gtk_combo_set_value_in_list() to limit the values entered, but you are not
worried about differences in case.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@val: %TRUE if the text in the list items is case sensitive.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_item_string ##### -->
<para>
Sets the string to place in the #GtkEntry field when a particular list item is
selected. This is needed if the list item is not a simple label.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@item: a #GtkItem.
@item_value: the string to place in the #GtkEntry when @item is selected.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_disable_activate ##### -->
<para>
Stops the #GtkCombo widget from showing the popup list when the #GtkEntry
emits the "activate" signal, i.e. when the Return key is pressed.
This may be useful if, for example, you want the Return key to close a dialog
instead.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@entry: the text entry field.
@list: the list shown in the drop-down window.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:allow-empty ##### -->
<para>
@@ -220,3 +118,101 @@ instead.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkCombo.
</para>
@Returns: a new #GtkCombo.
@Deprecated: Use #GtkComboBox instead.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings ##### -->
<para>
Convenience function to set all of the items in the popup list.
(See the <link linkend="gtkcombo-simple-example">example</link> above.)
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@strings: a list of strings, or %NULL to clear the popup list
@Deprecated: Use #GtkComboBox instead.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_value_in_list ##### -->
<para>
Specifies whether the value entered in the text entry field must match one of
the values in the list. If this is set then the user will not be able to
perform any other action until a valid value has been entered.
</para>
<para>
If an empty field is acceptable, the @ok_if_empty parameter should be %TRUE.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@val: %TRUE if the value entered must match one of the values in the list.
@ok_if_empty: %TRUE if an empty value is considered valid.
@Deprecated: Use #GtkComboBox instead.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_use_arrows ##### -->
<para>
Specifies if the arrow (cursor) keys can be used to step through the items in
the list. This is on by default.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@val: %TRUE if the arrow keys can be used to step through the items in
the list.
@Deprecated: Use #GtkComboBox instead.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_use_arrows_always ##### -->
<para>
Obsolete function, does nothing.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@val: unused
@Deprecated: Use #GtkComboBox instead.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_case_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
Specifies whether the text entered into the #GtkEntry field and the text in
the list items is case sensitive.
</para>
<para>
This may be useful, for example, when you have called
gtk_combo_set_value_in_list() to limit the values entered, but you are not
worried about differences in case.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@val: %TRUE if the text in the list items is case sensitive.
@Deprecated: Use #GtkComboBox instead.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_set_item_string ##### -->
<para>
Sets the string to place in the #GtkEntry field when a particular list item is
selected. This is needed if the list item is not a simple label.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@item: a #GtkItem.
@item_value: the string to place in the #GtkEntry when @item is selected.
@Deprecated: Use #GtkComboBox instead.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_disable_activate ##### -->
<para>
Stops the #GtkCombo widget from showing the popup list when the #GtkEntry
emits the "activate" signal, i.e. when the Return key is pressed.
This may be useful if, for example, you want the Return key to close a dialog
instead.
</para>
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
@Deprecated: Use #GtkComboBox instead.
+86 -23
View File
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
GtkComboBox
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
a widget used to choose from a list of items.
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
@@ -20,11 +20,58 @@ GtkComboBox
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkComboBox::changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combobox: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:column-span-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:row-span-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:wrap-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:appearance ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@model:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_new_with_model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@model:
@Returns:
@@ -74,6 +121,25 @@ GtkComboBox
@index:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combo_box:
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combo_box:
@iter:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_get_model ##### -->
<para>
@@ -83,6 +149,15 @@ GtkComboBox
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_set_model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combo_box:
@model:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_new_text ##### -->
<para>
@@ -119,40 +194,28 @@ GtkComboBox
@text:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkComboBox::changed ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_remove_text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combobox: the object which received the signal.
@combo_box:
@position:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:active ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:column-span-column ##### -->
@combo_box:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_popdown ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:model ##### -->
<para>
@combo_box:
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:row-span-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:wrap-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:appearance ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+26 -6
View File
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
GtkComboBoxEntry
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
a text entry field with a dropdown list
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
@@ -20,16 +20,41 @@ GtkComboBoxEntry
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBoxEntry:text-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_entry_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@model:
@text_column:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_entry_new_with_model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@model:
@text_column:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_entry_set_text_column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry_box:
@text_column:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_entry_get_text_column ##### -->
<para>
@@ -39,8 +64,3 @@ GtkComboBoxEntry
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBoxEntry:text-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+46 -46
View File
@@ -102,6 +102,52 @@ changes, use gtk_widget_child_notify().
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::add ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::check-resize ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::remove ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::set-focus-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:border-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:resize-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_IS_RESIZE_CONTAINER ##### -->
<para>
@@ -464,49 +510,3 @@ Does the same as gtk_container_get_children().
@class:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::add ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::check-resize ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::remove ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::set-focus-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:border-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:resize-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+88 -88
View File
@@ -75,6 +75,94 @@ node.</entry>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::change-focus-row-expansion ##### -->
<para>
The row which has the focus is either collapsed or expanded
or toggled.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@expansion: What is being done.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-collapse ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is collapsed.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-expand ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is expanded.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-move ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is moved.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node that is moved.
@new_parent: The new parent of the node.
@new_sibling: The new sibling of the node.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-select-row ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a row is selected.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node corresponding to the selected row.
@column: The column which was selected.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-unselect-row ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is unselected.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node corresponding to the selected row.
@column:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:expander-style ##### -->
<para>
The style of the expander buttons.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:indent ##### -->
<para>
The number of pixels to indent the tree levels.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:line-style ##### -->
<para>
The style of the lines in the tree graphic.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:n-columns ##### -->
<para>
The number of columns in the tree.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:show-stub ##### -->
<para>
FIXME
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:spacing ##### -->
<para>
The number of pixels between the tree and the columns.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:tree-column ##### -->
<para>
The column in which the actual tree graphic appears.
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_CTREE_ROW ##### -->
<para>
Used to get the #GtkCTreeRow structure corresponding to the given #GtkCTreeNode.
@@ -1163,91 +1251,3 @@ criteria etc.
@show_stub:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::change-focus-row-expansion ##### -->
<para>
The row which has the focus is either collapsed or expanded
or toggled.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@expansion: What is being done.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-collapse ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is collapsed.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-expand ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is expanded.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-move ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is moved.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node that is moved.
@new_parent: The new parent of the node.
@new_sibling: The new sibling of the node.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-select-row ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a row is selected.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node corresponding to the selected row.
@column: The column which was selected.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-unselect-row ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is unselected.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node corresponding to the selected row.
@column:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:expander-style ##### -->
<para>
The style of the expander buttons.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:indent ##### -->
<para>
The number of pixels to indent the tree levels.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:line-style ##### -->
<para>
The style of the lines in the tree graphic.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:n-columns ##### -->
<para>
The number of columns in the tree.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:show-stub ##### -->
<para>
FIXME
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:spacing ##### -->
<para>
The number of pixels between the tree and the columns.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:tree-column ##### -->
<para>
The column in which the actual tree graphic appears.
</para>
+35 -35
View File
@@ -48,6 +48,41 @@ should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCurve::curve-type-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the curve type has been changed.
The curve type can be changed explicitly with a call to
gtk_curve_set_curve_type(). It is also changed as a side-effect of
calling gtk_curve_reset() or gtk_curve_set_gamma().
</para>
@curve: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:curve-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:max-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:max-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:min-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:min-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_curve_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkCurve.
@@ -124,38 +159,3 @@ curve will be changed as little as possible.
@type: the type of the curve.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCurve::curve-type-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the curve type has been changed.
The curve type can be changed explicitly with a call to
gtk_curve_set_curve_type(). It is also changed as a side-effect of
calling gtk_curve_reset() or gtk_curve_set_gamma().
</para>
@curve: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:curve-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:max-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:max-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:min-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:min-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+38 -38
View File
@@ -140,6 +140,44 @@ as any other #GtkHButtonBox.
@vbox:
@action_area:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::close ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::response ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a delete event, or
the application programmer calls gtk_dialog_response(). On a delete event, the
response ID is #GTK_RESPONSE_NONE. Otherwise, it depends on which action widget
was clicked.
</para>
@dialog: the object which received the signal.
@arg1: the response ID
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:has-separator ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:action-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:button-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:content-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkDialogFlags ##### -->
<para>
@@ -276,41 +314,3 @@ directly, but into the @vbox and @action_area, as described above.
@setting:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::close ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::response ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a delete event, or
the application programmer calls gtk_dialog_response(). On a delete event, the
response ID is #GTK_RESPONSE_NONE. Otherwise, it depends on which action widget
was clicked.
</para>
@dialog: the object which received the signal.
@arg1: the response ID
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:has-separator ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:action-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:button-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:content-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+44 -44
View File
@@ -87,6 +87,50 @@ editable by the user.</entry>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::changed ##### -->
<para>
Indicates that the user has changed the contents
of the widget.
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::delete-text ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when text is deleted from
the widget by the user. The default handler for
this signal will normally be responsible for inserting
the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
stopping the signal with gtk_signal_emit_stop(), it
is possible to modify the inserted text, or prevent
it from being inserted entirely. The @start_pos
and @end_pos parameters are interpreted as for
gtk_editable_delete_text()
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
@start_pos: the starting position.
@end_pos: the end position.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::insert-text ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when text is inserted into
the widget by the user. The default handler for
this signal will normally be responsible for inserting
the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
stopping the signal with gtk_signal_emit_stop(), it
is possible to modify the inserted text, or prevent
it from being inserted entirely.
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
@new_text: the new text to insert.
@new_text_length: the length of the new text.
@position: the position at which to insert the new text.
this is an in-out paramter. After the signal
emission is finished, it should point after
the newly inserted text.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_editable_select_region ##### -->
<para>
Selects a region of text. The characters that
@@ -247,47 +291,3 @@ widget or not.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::changed ##### -->
<para>
Indicates that the user has changed the contents
of the widget.
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::delete-text ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when text is deleted from
the widget by the user. The default handler for
this signal will normally be responsible for inserting
the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
stopping the signal with gtk_signal_emit_stop(), it
is possible to modify the inserted text, or prevent
it from being inserted entirely. The @start_pos
and @end_pos parameters are interpreted as for
gtk_editable_delete_text()
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
@start_pos: the starting position.
@end_pos: the end position.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::insert-text ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when text is inserted into
the widget by the user. The default handler for
this signal will normally be responsible for inserting
the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
stopping the signal with gtk_signal_emit_stop(), it
is possible to modify the inserted text, or prevent
it from being inserted entirely.
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
@new_text: the new text to insert.
@new_text_length: the length of the new text.
@position: the position at which to insert the new text.
this is an in-out paramter. After the signal
emission is finished, it should point after
the newly inserted text.
+125 -125
View File
@@ -31,6 +31,131 @@ The #GtkEntry-struct struct contains only private data.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::copy-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::cut-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::delete-from-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::insert-at-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::move-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::paste-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::populate-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::toggle-overwrite ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:activates-default ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:cursor-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:editable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:has-frame ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:invisible-char ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:max-length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:scroll-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:selection-bound ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:visibility ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:width-chars ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkEntry widget.
@@ -283,128 +408,3 @@ use gtk_editable_set_editable() instead.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::copy-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::cut-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::delete-from-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::insert-at-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::move-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::paste-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::populate-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::toggle-overwrite ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:activates-default ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:cursor-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:editable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:has-frame ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:invisible-char ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:max-length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:scroll-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:selection-bound ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:visibility ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:width-chars ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+46 -37
View File
@@ -2,11 +2,17 @@
GtkEntryCompletion
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
completion functionality for GtkEntry
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
#GtkEntryCompletion is an auxiliary object to be used in conjunction with
#GtkEntry to provide the completion functionality. It implements the
#GtkCellLayout interface, to allow the user to add extra cells to the
TreeView with completion matches.
</para>
<para>
To add completion functionality to an entry, use gtk_entry_set_completion().
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
@@ -16,21 +22,50 @@ GtkEntryCompletion
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkEntryCompletion ##### -->
<para>
The GtkEntryCompletion struct contains only private data.
</para>
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc ##### -->
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::action-activated ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@key:
@iter:
@user_data:
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::match-selected ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:minimum-key-length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc ##### -->
<para>
A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter matches a given
@key, and should be displayed as a possible completion for @key.
</para>
@completion: the #GtkEntryCompletion
@key: the string to match
@iter: a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to match
@user_data: user data given to gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func()
@Returns: %TRUE if @iter should be displayed as a possible completion for @key
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -45,8 +80,10 @@ GtkEntryCompletion
</para>
@entry:
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@entry:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_model ##### -->
@@ -142,31 +179,3 @@ GtkEntryCompletion
@column:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::action-activated ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::match-selected ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:minimum-key-length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -23,6 +23,16 @@ should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:above-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:visible-window ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_event_box_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkEventBox.
@@ -67,13 +77,3 @@ Creates a new #GtkEventBox.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:above-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:visible-window ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+65 -42
View File
@@ -21,6 +21,53 @@ the triangles used in a #GtkTreeView.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkExpander::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expanded ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:use-markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -111,6 +158,24 @@ the triangles used in a #GtkTreeView.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_use_markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@use_markup:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_get_use_markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_label_widget ##### -->
<para>
@@ -129,45 +194,3 @@ the triangles used in a #GtkTreeView.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkExpander::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expanded ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+3 -3
View File
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ about it. ;-)
</para>
@required_major:
@required_minor:
@required_micro:
@Returns:
@required_minor:
@required_micro:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_MAJOR_VERSION ##### -->
+1 -3
View File
@@ -116,13 +116,11 @@ update_preview_cb (GtkFileChooser *file_chooser, gpointer data)
</note>
</refsect2>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
#GtkFileChooserDialog, #GtkFileChooserWidget
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkFileChooser ##### -->
<para>
@@ -167,7 +165,7 @@ update_preview_cb (GtkFileChooser *file_chooser, gpointer data)
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileChooser:file-system ##### -->
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileChooser:file-system-backend ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -24,6 +24,12 @@ File chooser widget that can be embedded in other widgets.
#GtkFileChooser, #GtkFileChooserDialog
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkFileChooserWidget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_chooser_widget_new ##### -->
<para>
+15 -15
View File
@@ -140,6 +140,21 @@ The #GtkFileSelection struct contains the following #GtkWidget fields:
@button_area:
@action_area:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:filename ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:select-multiple ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:show-fileops ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_selection_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new file selection dialog box. By default it will contain a #GtkTreeView of the application's current working directory, and a file listing. Operation buttons that allow the user to create a directory, delete files and rename files, are also present.
@@ -220,18 +235,3 @@ Hides the file operation buttons that normally appear at the top of the dialog.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:filename ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:select-multiple ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:show-fileops ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -84,6 +84,16 @@ their positions.</entry>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkFixedChild ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkFixedChild-struct struct contains the following fields.
@@ -166,13 +176,3 @@ Moves a child of a #GtkFixed container to the given position.
@has_window:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+37 -37
View File
@@ -21,6 +21,43 @@ dialog to change the font. It is suitable widget for selecting a font in a prefe
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkFontButton::font-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@fontbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:show-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:show-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:use-font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:use-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_font_button_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -147,40 +184,3 @@ dialog to change the font. It is suitable widget for selecting a font in a prefe
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkFontButton::font-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@fontbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:show-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:show-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:use-font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:use-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+15 -15
View File
@@ -43,6 +43,21 @@ only be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:preview-text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_font_selection_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkFontSelection.
@@ -98,18 +113,3 @@ Sets the text displayed in the preview area.
@text: the text to display in the preview area.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:preview-text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+30 -30
View File
@@ -24,6 +24,36 @@ label can be controlled with gtk_frame_set_label_align().
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:shadow ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_frame_new ##### -->
<para>
Create a new Frame, with optional label @label.
@@ -115,33 +145,3 @@ Set the shadow type for the Frame widget.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:shadow ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+47 -47
View File
@@ -77,6 +77,53 @@ child is attached or detached.</entry>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkHandleBox::child-attached ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the contents of the
handlebox are reattached to the main window.
</para>
@handlebox: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the child widget of the handlebox.
(this argument provides no extra information
and is here only for backwards-compatibility)
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkHandleBox::child-detached ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the contents of the
handlebox are detached from the main window.
</para>
@handlebox: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the child widget of the handlebox.
(this argument provides no extra information
and is here only for backwards-compatibility)
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:handle-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:shadow ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:snap-edge ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:snap-edge-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_handle_box_new ##### -->
<para>
Create a new handle box.
@@ -155,50 +202,3 @@ in the future.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkHandleBox::child-attached ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the contents of the
handlebox are reattached to the main window.
</para>
@handlebox: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the child widget of the handlebox.
(this argument provides no extra information
and is here only for backwards-compatibility)
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkHandleBox::child-detached ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the contents of the
handlebox are detached from the main window.
</para>
@handlebox: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the child widget of the handlebox.
(this argument provides no extra information
and is here only for backwards-compatibility)
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:handle-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:shadow ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:snap-edge ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:snap-edge-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+7 -7
View File
@@ -118,6 +118,13 @@ gtk_icon_theme_set_custom_theme().
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIconTheme::changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@icontheme: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkIconLookupFlags ##### -->
<para>
@@ -389,10 +396,3 @@ gtk_icon_theme_set_custom_theme().
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIconTheme::changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@icontheme: the object which received the signal.
+50 -50
View File
@@ -108,6 +108,56 @@ below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:file ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:icon-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:icon-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:mask ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixbuf ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixbuf-animation ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixmap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:stock ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:storage-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkImageType ##### -->
<para>
Describes the image data representation used by a #GtkImage. If you
@@ -359,53 +409,3 @@ Gets the #GtkImage.
@mask: a #GdkBitmap that indicates which parts of the image should be transparent.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:file ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:icon-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:icon-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:mask ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixbuf ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixbuf-animation ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixmap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:stock ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:storage-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -24,6 +24,11 @@ fill in the text label.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImageMenuItem:image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_image_menu_item_set_image ##### -->
<para>
@@ -81,8 +86,3 @@ fill in the text label.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImageMenuItem:image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+47 -47
View File
@@ -20,6 +20,53 @@ Base class for input method contexts
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::commit ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::delete-surrounding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-end ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-start ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_im_context_set_client_window ##### -->
<para>
@@ -125,50 +172,3 @@ Base class for input method contexts
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::commit ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::delete-surrounding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-end ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-start ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@Returns:
+8 -8
View File
@@ -43,14 +43,6 @@ immediately.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_input_dialog_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkInputDialog.
</para>
@Returns: the new #GtkInputDialog.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkInputDialog::disable-device ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user changes the
@@ -71,3 +63,11 @@ mode of a device from #GDK_MODE_DISABLED to a
@inputdialog: the object which received the signal.
@deviceid: The ID of the newly enabled device.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_input_dialog_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkInputDialog.
</para>
@Returns: the new #GtkInputDialog.
+5 -5
View File
@@ -25,6 +25,11 @@ The #GtkInvisible-struct struct contains no public fields.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkInvisible:screen ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_invisible_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -59,8 +64,3 @@ The #GtkInvisible-struct struct contains no public fields.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkInvisible:screen ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+21 -21
View File
@@ -22,6 +22,27 @@ should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::deselect ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is deselected.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::select ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is selected.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::toggle ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is toggled.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_item_select ##### -->
<para>
Emits the "select" signal on the given item.
@@ -46,24 +67,3 @@ Emits the "toggle" signal on the given item.
@item: a #GtkItem.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::deselect ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is deselected.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::select ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is selected.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::toggle ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is toggled.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
+85 -85
View File
@@ -145,6 +145,91 @@ described below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::copy-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::move-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::populate-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:attributes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:cursor-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:justify ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:mnemonic-keyval ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:mnemonic-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:pattern ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:selectable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:selection-bound ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:use-markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:wrap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_label_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -446,88 +531,3 @@ Gtk+ 1.0.x.
@setting:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::copy-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::move-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::populate-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:attributes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:cursor-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:justify ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:mnemonic-keyval ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:mnemonic-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:pattern ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:selectable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:selection-bound ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:use-markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:wrap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+39 -39
View File
@@ -34,6 +34,45 @@ area.
@bin_window:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLayout::set-scroll-adjustments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@layout: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:hadjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:vadjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_layout_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -142,42 +181,3 @@ area.
@adjustment:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLayout::set-scroll-adjustments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@layout: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:hadjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:vadjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+28 -28
View File
@@ -35,6 +35,34 @@ type.</para></listitem>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::select-child ##### -->
<para>
The child @widget has just been selected.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the newly selected child.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::selection-changed ##### -->
<para>
The selection of the widget has just changed.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::unselect-child ##### -->
<para>
The child @widget has just been unselected.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the newly unselected child.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkList:selection-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkList.
@@ -332,31 +360,3 @@ effect if a drag selection is not active.
@list: the list widget.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::select-child ##### -->
<para>
The child @widget has just been selected.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the newly selected child.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::selection-changed ##### -->
<para>
The selection of the widget has just changed.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::unselect-child ##### -->
<para>
The child @widget has just been unselected.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the newly unselected child.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkList:selection-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+36 -36
View File
@@ -30,42 +30,6 @@ only be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkListitem.
</para>
@Returns: a new #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_new_with_label ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkListItem with a child label containing the given string.
</para>
@label: the string to use for the child label.
@Returns: a new #GtkListItem with a child #GtkLabel with the text set to
@label.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_select ##### -->
<para>
Selects the item, by emitting the item's "select" signal.
Depending on the selection mode of the list, this may cause other items to
be deselected.
</para>
@list_item: a #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_deselect ##### -->
<para>
Deselects the item, by emitting the item's "deselect" signal.
</para>
@list_item: a #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkListItem::end-selection ##### -->
<para>
@@ -143,3 +107,39 @@ Deselects the item, by emitting the item's "deselect" signal.
@listitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkListitem.
</para>
@Returns: a new #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_new_with_label ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkListItem with a child label containing the given string.
</para>
@label: the string to use for the child label.
@Returns: a new #GtkListItem with a child #GtkLabel with the text set to
@label.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_select ##### -->
<para>
Selects the item, by emitting the item's "select" signal.
Depending on the selection mode of the list, this may cause other items to
be deselected.
</para>
@list_item: a #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_deselect ##### -->
<para>
Deselects the item, by emitting the item's "deselect" signal.
</para>
@list_item: a #GtkListItem.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More